Bosch Motorsport
Equipment for High Performance Vehicles
Edition 2015

Contacts
EuropeAustralia, New Zealand and South Africa

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
Robert-Bosch-Allee 174232 AbstattGermany
Tel. +49 7062 911 79101
Fax +49 7062 911 79104

Robert Bosch Pty. Ltd
Motorsport
1555 Centre Road
Clayton, Victoria, 3168
Australia
Tel. +61 (3) 9541 3901
motor.sport@au.bosch.com

United Kingdom
Robert Bosch Ltd.
Motorsport
Control Tower Building, MIRA Technology Park
Watling Street, Nuneaton, Warwickshire, CV10 0TU
United Kingdom
Tel. +44 7976 50 4447
FranceRobert Bosch France S.A.S.
Motorsport
32, avenue Michelet
B.P. 170
F – 93404 Saint-Ouen Cedex
FranceTel. +33 1 40 10 77 14
Fax +33 1 40 10 76 88
North America
Bosch Engineering North America
Motorsport
38000 Hills Tech Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331-3417
United States of America
Tel. +1 248 876 2977
Fax +1 248 876 7373
Latin America
Robert Bosch Ltda
Av Juscelino Kubitscheck de Oliveira 11800
Zip code 81460-900
Curitiba - Parana
Brasilia
Tel. +55 41 3341 2057
Fax +55 41 3341 2779
Asia Pacific
Bosch Engineering K.K.
Motorsport
18F Queen’s Tower C, 2-3-5- Minato Mirai
Nishi-ku, Yokohama-shi
Kanagawa 220-6218
Japan
Tel. +81 45 650 5610
Fax +81 45 650 5611

For more and latest information please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2014
Modifications reserved.
Note: The use of Bosch Motorsport products on publicroads is prohibited. Please use our products exclusively on
closed-course racetracks.

01 Engine Control Units

1

02 Injection and Ignition

2

03 Alternators and Starters

3

04 Sensors

405 Brake Control

5

06 Displays

6

07 Data Logging Systems

7

08 Software

8

09 Accessories

9

10 Appendix

10

Table of contents | 5

01 Engine Control Units

9

Ignition Coils

86

Gasoline Engine Control Units

10

Engine Control Units Sport LineEngine Control Unit MS 3 SportEngine Control Unit MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup
Engine Control Unit MS 3 F3XEngine Control Unit MS 4 SportEngine Control Units Performance LineEngine Control Unit MS 5.0
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2

11
14
16
18
20
23
26
28
30
32

Diesel Engine Control Units

34

Engine Control Unit MS 15.1
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2
Engine Control Unit MS 12

35
37
39

02 Injection and Ignition

41

Diesel System Components

42

Diesel System Components

42

Single Fire Coil PS
Single Fire Coil PS-T
Single Fire Coil P35
Single Fire Coil P35-T
Single Fire Coil P35-E8
Single Fire Coil P35-E10
Single Fire Coil P35-TE8
Single Fire Coil P35-TE10
Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M
Single Fire Coil P65
Single Fire Coil P65-T
Single Fire Coil P65-E8
Single Fire Coil P65-E10
Single Fire Coil P65-TE8
Single Fire Coil P65-TE10
Single Fire Coil P65-WG
Single Fire Coil P65-WS
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1
Double Fire Coil 2x2
Double Fire Coil 3x2
Single Fire Coil S19
Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro
Single Fire Coil C90i-E8
Single Fire Coil C90i-E10

86
89
92
95
98
101
103
106
109
112
114
117
120
123
126
129
132
135
138
141
144
147
150
153
156

Electronic Throttle Body

45

Electronic Throttle Body

45

Ignition Modules

159

Fuel Pressure Regulators

48

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/Mini M
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
FPR Adaptor
HP Control Valve DSV

48
51
53
56
59
61

Ignition Module IM 3.1
Ignition Module IM 3.2
Ignition Module IM 4

159
161
163

Injection Valves

165

Fuel Pumps

63

Fuel Pump FP 100
Fuel Pump FP 165
Fuel Pump FP 200
Fuel Pump FP 300
Fuel Pump FP 300L
Fuel Pump LPx-F1
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

63
65
67
69
71
73
76
78

Injection Valve EV 6
Injection Valve EV 12
Injection Valve EV 14
Injection Valve EV 14i
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC

165
169
173
178
181
183

03 Alternators and Starters

185

Alternators

186

Alternator 90 A
Alternator B3
Alternator B3 LIN
Alternator GCM1

186
188
191
194

HP Injection Power Stages

80

HPI 1.1
HPI 5
HPI 5-M 4C
HPI 5-M 8C

80
81
82
84

Starter

198

Starter 1.7 kW

198

04 Sensors

201

Current Sensor

202

Current Sensor CS 240

202

6 | Table of contents

Gear Shift Sensor

204

Rotary Position Sensors

294

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M2

204
206

Knock Sensors

208

Knock Sensor KS-P
Knock Sensor KS-R
Knock Sensor KS-R2

208
210
212

Rotary Position Sensor RP 50-M/130-M/350-M
Rotary Position Sensor RP 86
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 100-M
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100/130/308
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100 twin
Rotary Position Sensor RP 345-M
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 360-H
Rotary Position Sensor RP 360-H

294
296
298
300
302
304
306
308

Lambda Sensors

214

Speed Sensors

310

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV pre Turbo
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

214
217
220
223
227

Linear Position Sensors

230

Linear Position Sensor LP 10
Linear Position Sensor LP 25
Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H
Linear Position Sensor LP 25 twin
Linear Position Sensor LP 50
Linear Position Sensor LP 50 twin
Linear Position Sensor LP 75
Linear Position Sensor LP 75F
Linear Position Sensor LP 100
Linear Position Sensor LP 100F
Linear Position Sensor LP 150

230
232
234
236
238
240
242
244
246
248
250

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Inductive Speed Sensor IS
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T

310
312
316
318
320
322
326
329
332
334
336
338

Temperature Sensors

340

Pressure Sensors Air

252

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Pressure Sensor Air PSP
Pressure Sensor Air PST

252
255
258
261
263
265

Temperature Sensor NTC M3-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-Lw
Temperature Sensor PT 200E
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-16-r/-s
Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-20-r-8
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-100-s/-c

340
342
345
348
351
353
355
357
359
361
363
366

Pressure Sensors Fluid

268

Thermocouple Probes

368

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2

268
270
272
275
278
280
282
284
286
288
291

Thermocouple Probe TCP K
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2

368
370
373

Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

375

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

375
377
379
382
385
388

Table of contents | 7

Wire Potentiometers

391

Telemetry Accessories

456

Wire Potentiometer WP 35
Wire Potentiometer WP 50
Wire Potentiometer WP 75
Wire Potentiometer WP 100
Wire Potentiometer WP 120
Wire Potentiometer WP 125

391
393
395
397
399
401

FM 40 Tester
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load
Telemetry Car Antenna Single Band
Antenna Cable Kit

456
457
458
459

08 Software

461

05 Brake Control

403

Calibration

462

ABS

404

Modas Sport
RaceCon

462
463

ABS M4 Kit
ABS M4 Kit Clubsport
ABS M4 Kit Porsche Cup

405
407
409

Simulation

464

LapSim464

06 Displays

411

Analysis466

Displays

412

WinDarab V7

466

Display DDU 7
Display DDU 8

412
415

Software Upgrades

468

07 Data Logging Systems

417

CAN Bypass
MSD Partitioning

468
469

Data Loggers

418

Data Logger C 50
Data Logger C 60
Software Upgrade USB

418
420
422

09 Accessories

471

Collision Avoidance System

472

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M

472

Lap Trigger Systems

424

Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter

424
426
427
428

Communication Interfaces

474

MSA-Box II

474

Connectors

475

Sensor Interfaces

429

Connectors

475

CAN Module
Extended Module EM-LIN
Lambdatronic LT4
Lambdatronic LT4 ADV
Modular Sensor Interface M 60
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60
Potiboard USB
Wheel Speed Signal Splitter

429
431
433
436
439
441
443
444

Connector Opening Tool

476

Connector Opening Tool for AS series

476PowerBox

477

PowerBox PBX 180

477

Relay

481

Telemetry

447

Relay 25 A

481

Online Telemetry System Overview
Telemetry Unit FM 40
Pit Receiver Box
Pit Receiver Package
Burst Telemetry System Overview
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F
Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F

447
449
450
451
452
454
455

Switches483

Switches483

Wiper Motor

484

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

484

8 | Table of contents

Wiring Harnesses

488

Customized Wiring Harnesses

488

10 Appendix

489

General Information

490

General Information

490

Vibration Profiles

491

Vibration Profile 1
Vibration Profile 2
Vibration Profile 3

491
492
493

01 Engine Control Units

1

Gasoline Engine Control Units

10

Diesel Engine Control Units34

10 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

Sport Line ECUs
Type

Engine Control Unit MS 3
SportEngine Control Unit MS 3
Sport GT3 Cup

Engine Control Unit MS 3
F3XEngine Control Unit
MS 4 Sport

Max. Cyl./bank

6/2

6/2

4 in line

8[GDI 6]/2

Control strategy

Alpha/nAlpha/nTorque structure based

Alpha/nLambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

SingleDual

Turbo boost ctrl

-

-

-

Opt.

Knock ctrl

Opt.

+

+

Opt.

El. Throttle ctrl

Opt.

+

-

Opt.

Traction ctrl

Opt.

+

+

Opt.

GDI support

-

-

-

Opt.

Proposed logger

C 50

C 50

C 50

C 50

Proposed display

DDU 7

DDU 7

DDU 7

DDU 7

Performance Line ECUs
Type

Engine Control Unit
MS 5.0Engine Control Unit
MS 5.1Engine Control Unit
MS 5.5Engine Control Unit
MS 5.2Max. Cyl./bank

8/2

8/2

8/2

12/2

Control strategy

Torque-structure based

Torque structure based

Torque structure based

Torque structure based

Lambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

Dual

Dual

Turbo boost ctrl

+

+

+

+

Knock ctrl

+

+

+

+

El. Throttle ctrl

+

+

+

+

Traction ctrl

+

+

+

+

GDI support

+

+

+

+

Proposed logger

C 60

C 60

Integrated 2 GB logger

C 60

Proposed display

DDU 8

DDU 8

DDU 8

DDU 8

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 11

Engine Control Units SportLineThe Sport Line introduces a simple and competitive
start in the world of engine control units from Bosch
Motorsport. In comparison with the Performance Line
ECUs from Bosch Motorsport, the Sport Line devices
have an optimized function range that make the initialstart-up process much simpler.
The Sport Line has three different hardware platforms
that vary in their amount of inputs/outputs and functionality that provide the optimal ECU to be selected for agiven project’s requirements. Additionally, each ECU in
the Sport Line can be tailored to support certain projectneeds through various software options. To complete
the entire entry level system, Bosch Motorsport offers
the display unit DDU 7 and the external data logger
C 50.

Example for a typical Sport Line system

Depicted below is an example system layout for the
ECUs of the Sport Line. The ECU is calibrated with theModas Sport software. The communication interface
MSA-Box II connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU
via a CAN/K-Line link. The display DDU 7 is configured
over Ethernet with the software RaceCon. The ECU
sends the desired measured variables to the display/logger via CAN interface or Ethernet. These variables
can be displayed for the driver or logged for analysis.
Downloading and analyzing the data is also accomplished over Ethernet with the WinDarab software.

1

12 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Dimensions1

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 13

Sport Line ECUs
Type

Engine Control Unit MS 3
SportEngine Control Unit MS 3
Sport GT3 Cup

Engine Control Unit MS 3
F3XEngine Control Unit
MS 4 Sport

Max. Cyl./bank

6/2

6/2

4 in line

8[GDI 6]/2

Control strategy

Alpha/nAlpha/nTorque structure based

Alpha/nLambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

SingleDual

Turbo boost ctrl

-

-

-

Opt.

Knock ctrl

Opt.

+

+

Opt.

El. Throttle ctrl

Opt.

+

-

Opt.

Traction ctrl

Opt.

+

+

Opt.

GDI support

-

-

-

Opt.

Proposed logger

C 50

C 50

C 50

C 50

Proposed display

DDU 7

DDU 7

DDU 7

DDU 7

1

14 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit MS 3
SportInterface to Bosch Motorsport ABS M4 kit
Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels
Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Extremely small and flat aluminum pressure casting housing
4 mounting points on housing
2 connectors with high pin density
Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid technology

FeaturesSize

120 x 90 x 40 mm

Weight

250 g

Temperature range-40 to 125°C

Electrical Datau

Full hybrid technology

Max. power consumptionu

6 injection output stages

Power supplyu

6 ignition output stages

Full operation

9 to 16 Vu

34 data inputs

Recommended

11 to 14 V

The MS 3 Sport is the first Bosch engine management
system to be manufactured with full hybrid technology.
Therefore it is very small, lightly and robust against vibrations. The MS 3 Sport is suitable for engines with up
to 6 cylinders and has internal ignition output stages.
Two sensor inputs are available for vibration knock detection and knock control. Various engine parameters
can be measured with different input channels andtransferred via CAN interface to an optional data logger
or dash display.

10 W at 14 V

Inputs2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
22 analog inputs 0 to 5 V
2 knock sensor inputs

Application
Engine layout

Max. 6 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

Alpha/nLambda control

Dual

Outputs
6 injection power stages
6 ignition power stages (7.5 to 8.0 A)
8 power stages (1 A/2 A; low side; PWM)

Speed limiter2 power stages for lambda heater

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.

1 H-bridge (5 A)
2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA

Fuel cut off
Sequential fuel injection

Software

Asymmetric injection timing

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Asymmetric ignition timing
Electronic throttle control

Optional

Knock control

Optional

Traction control

Optional

SW Upgrade Electronic Throttle
Control

F 01T A20 051-01

Variable valve timing (Single
VVT)

Optional

SW Upgrade Knock Control

F 01T A20 053-01

Optional Functionality

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 15

SW Upgrade Traction Control

F 01T A20 052-01

SW Upgrade Variable Valve Timing

F 02U V00 395-01

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

12 Steps Switch for Traction
Control

F 02U V01 921-01

Switch Position

Resistance [Ohm]

0

9,3

1

30,7

2

56,1

3

88,6

4

129,9

5

181,7

6

253,7

7

354,8

8

522,5

9

823,5

10

1500,7114988,0Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I

D 261 205 139-01

Mating connector II

D 261 205 140-01

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
1 CAN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Order number F 01T A20 067-01
Software Options
SW Upgrade Electronic Throttle Control
Order number F 01T A20 051-01
SW Upgrade Knock Control
Order number F 01T A20 053-01
SW Upgrade Traction Control
Order number F 01T A20 052-01
SW Upgrade Variable Valve Timing
Order number F 02U V00 395-01

1

16 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit MS 3
Sport GT3 Cup

Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels
Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Extremely small and flat aluminum pressure casting housing
4 mounting points on housing
2 connectors with high pin density
Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid technology
Size

120 x 90 x 40 mm

Weight

250 g

Temperature range-40 to 125°C

Electrical Data

FeaturesuFree and full access to the ECUu

No wiring changes necessaryuSupport for 3rd party displays via CANuPlug and play with base “safe” calibrationu

Pre-configured workbases for free Bosch Motorsport calibration tools

The MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup motorsport ECU enables you
to optimize the software of Ex-Porsche GT3 Cup cars
(996 GT3 Cup; 997 GT3 Cup) by getting full access to
the ECU, allowing you to adapt it to any engine hardware changes. The software offers additional featuresand comes with a base calibration.

Max. power consumption

10 W at 14 V

Power supply
Full operation

9 to 16 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Inputs2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
22 analog inputs 0 to 5 V
2 knock sensor inputs

Application
Compatible Porsche type series

996 GT3 Cup; 997 GT3 Cup

Engine layout

Max. 6 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

Alpha/nLambda control

Dual

Speed limiter

Outputs
6 injection power stages
6 ignition power stages (7.5 to 8.0 A)
8 power stages (1 A/2 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (5 A)

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.

2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA

Fuel cut off

SoftwareSequential fuel injection

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Asymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing

Environment (not included)

Knock control

Inclusive

Electronic throttle control

Inclusive

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Traction control

Inclusive

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Interface to Bosch Motorsport ABS M4 kit

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 17

12 Steps Switch for Traction
Control

F 02U V01 921-01

Switch Position

Resistance [Ohm]

0

9,3

1

30,7

2

56,1

3

88,6

4

129,9

5

181,7

6

253,7

7

354,8

8

522,5

9

823,5

10

1500,7114988,0Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I

D 261 205 139-01

Mating connector II

D 261 205 140-01

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
1 CAN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup
Delivery with Porsche GT3 specific base calibration
Order number F 02U V0U 082-01

1

18 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 3 F3X
1Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Extremely small and flat aluminum pressure casting housing
4 mounting points on housing
2 connectors with high pin density
Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid technology
Size

120 x 90 x 40 mm

Weight

250 g

Temperature range-40 to 125°C

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

10 W at 14 V

Power supply

Features

Full operation

9 to 16 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

uFree and full access to the ECU softwareu

No wiring modifications necessaryuTraction Control

4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensorsuLaunch Control

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

Inputs1 lambda interface LSU

The engine control unit MS 3 F3X is a direct replacement for former FIA Formula 3 cars. The F3X software
gives the user full access which allows the mapping tobe adapted to any hardware changes. Traction Control
and Launch Control have also been enabled and arefreely configurable. Furthermore the ECU can easily beconnected to a C50 data logger or a DDU 7 display/logger.

4 injection power stages

Application

4 ignition power stages (7.5 to 8.0 A)

Engine layout

4 cyl., in line

Control strategy

Torque structure based

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
22 analog inputs 0 to 5 V
2 knock sensor inputs

Outputs

8 power stages (1 A/2 A; low side; PWM)
1 power stage for lambda heater
2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA

Lambda control
Speed limiter

SoftwareGear cut for sequential gear box

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

Inclusive

Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda maps.
Fuel cut off

Environment (not included)

Knock control
Traction control
Launch control
Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Yaw rate sensor YRS3

0 265 005 838

12 steps switch for TC

F 02U V01 921-01

Switch definition
Position

Resistance [Ohm]01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 19

0

9,3

1

30,7

2

56,1

3

88,6

4

129,9

5

181,7

6

253,7

7

354,8

8

522,5

9

823,5

10

1500,7114988,0Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I

D 261 205 139-01

Mating connector II

D 261 205 140-01

Communication
1 K-line serial interface

For application only

1 CAN interface

For data logging and displaying

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 3 F3X
Order number F 02U V01 893-01

1

20 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit
MS 4 SportSize

180 x 162 x 46 mm

Weight430 g

Temperature range-40 to 75°C

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

30 W at 14 V

Power supply
Full operation

10 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Inputs2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors

Featuresu

8 injection output stages

u

8 ignition driversu

35 data inputs

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
25 universal inputs 0 to 5 V
2 knock sensor inputs

The MS 4 Sport is an engine management system forhigh performance engines up to 8 cylinders. The system
contains 8 ignition drivers for external power stages and
8 independent injection power stages. Two independentwide range lambda circuits allow lambda closed loop
engine control. There are also versions for Turbo and
GDI engines as well as for Turbo GDI engines available.
Various engine parameters can be measured with different input channels and transferred via CAN interface toan optional data logger.

Application

Outputs
8 injection power stages
8 ignition drivers
10 power stages (0.6 A/2.2 A/2.7 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (5 A)
2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA

SoftwareControl strategy

Alpha/nLambda control

Dual

Speed limiter

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Gear cut for sequential gear box

Optional Functionality

Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.

Advanced Turbo boost control

F 02U V00 781-01

Fuel cut off

Knock control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 053-01

Asymmetric injection timing

Electronic throttle control SW
upgradeF 01T A20 051-01

Electronic throttle control incl.
shift down (Blipper) SW upgrade, also compatible to MEGALine gear box control

F 02U V00 780-01

Traction control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 052-01

Variable Valve Timing VVT SW
upgradeF 02U V00 395-01

Asymmetric ignition timing
Ignition trigger wheels

Support of 60-2 and 36-2

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Sheet-metal housing

Environment (not included)

Each connector pin individually filtered

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Vibration damped circuit boards

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-01

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 21

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Injection power stage unit HPI 5

F 02U V00 929-01

HP fuel pump HDP 5

Diff. variations available

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I

D 261 205 344-01

Mating connector II

D 261 205 345-01

Installation Notes
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
2 CAN interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport
Order number F 01T A20 049-02
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport GDI
Only in combination with HPI 5
Order number F 02U V01 138-01
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport Turbo
Order number F 01T A20 060-01
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport Turbo GDI
Only in combination with HPI 5
Order number F 02U V01 000-01
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport Motorcycle
Order number F 02U V00 024-01
Software Options
SW Upgrade Traction Control
Order number F 01T A20 052-01
SW Upgrade Knock Control
Order number F 01T A20 053-01
SW Upgrade Electronic Throttle Control
Order number F 01T A20 051-01
SW Upgrade Advanced Turbo Control
Order number F 02U V00 781-01
SW Upgrade Variable Valve Timing
Order number F 02U V00 395-01
SW Upgrade ETC & Blipper
Compatible to MEGA-Line gear box control
Order number F 02U V00 780-01

1

22 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

MS 4 Sport Variations

1

Type

Engine Control Unit
MS 4 SportEngine Control Unit
MS 4 Sport GDI

Engine Control Unit
MS 4 Sport TurboEngine Control Unit
MS 4 Sport Turbo
GDI

Engine Control Unit
MS 4 Sport Motorcycle

Max. Cyl./bank

8/2

6/2

8/2

6/2

4/2

GDI support

-

+

-

+

-

ABS M4 interface

+

+

+

+

-

Turbo boost ctrl

-

-

+

+

-

Advanced turbo
boost ctrl

-

-

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Knock ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

El. Throttle ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

El. Throttle ctrl incl.
shift down (Blipper)

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Traction ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Var. valve timing

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 23

Engine Control Units
Performance LineThe ECUs of the Performance Line offers individual solutions for various motorsport applications. All MS 5 ECUs
utilize a new software development process based on
MATLAB® & Simulink® to significantly speed algorithm
development. They also feature a high-end FPGA (Field
Programmable Gate Array) for fast signal processing andflexible signal control. A PowerPC enables highly sophisticated control algorithms. Consistent software structure guarantees easy recognition of all software labels
and functions across the complete ECU PerformanceLine. It is completed by use of the DDU 8 display andthe C 60 external data logger.
The ECUs in the Performance Line use torque as thecentral variable for coordinating all requests (i.e. engine/vehicle speed limiter, traction control, etc.). The
actual engine torque value is determined from the correcting variables (air charge, ignition angle, and/or cylinder reduction via fuel cut) by means of a torque model.
This is then compared to the desired engine torque value to determine if any modification of the engine torqueis needed. This results in a precise and adaptable control of the engine.

Example for a typical Performance Line system

Depicted below you see an example system layout for
the Performance Line. The ECU is calibrated with thesoftware Modas Sport. The communication interface
MSA-Box II connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU
via a CAN/Ethernet link. DDU 8 display and C 60 datalogger are configured over Ethernet with the software
RaceCon. The logger and the ECU communicate over
Ethernet. Downloading and analyzing the data is accomplished with the data analysis software WinDarab. The
data can be also transmitted over burst or online telemetry.

1

24 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Dimensions1

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 25

Performance Line ECUs
Type

Engine Control Unit
MS 5.0Engine Control Unit
MS 5.1Engine Control Unit
MS 5.5Engine Control Unit
MS 5.2Max. Cyl./bank

8/2

8/2

8/2

12/2

Control strategy

Torque-structure based

Torque-structure based

Torque-structure based

Torque-structure based

Input/Output

49/50

59/54

59/54

78/73

Lambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

Dual

Dual

Turbo boost ctrl

+

+

+

+

Knock ctrl

+

+

+

+

El. Throttle ctrl

+

+

+

+

Traction ctrl

+

+

+

+

GDI support

+

+

+

+

Ignition power stages

8 x 10 A

8 x 20 A

8 x 20 A

12 x 20 A

Proposed logger

C 60

C 60

Integrated 2 GB logger

C 60

Proposed display

DDU 8

DDU 8

DDU 8

DDU 8

1

26 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.0

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

1

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 high pin density motorsport connectors
132 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards

Featuresu

8 injection output stages

u

8 ignition output stages

u51 data inputs

Size

140 x 109 x 40.5 mm

Weight

650 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data

The MS 5.0 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
it features a powerful digital processing core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.0
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.

Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)

9 W at 14 V

Power supply
Full operation

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Application
Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

Torque-structure based

Lambda control

With adaptation function

1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
32 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Speed limiter4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Gear cut for sequential gear box

2 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.

1 lap trigger input

Fuel cut off

Outputs

Turbo boost control

8 injection power stages

Knock control

8 ignition power stages (up to 10 A)

Electronic throttle control

12 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Traction control

2 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Sequential fuel injection

1 H-bridge (5 A)

Asymmetric injection timing

2 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA

Asymmetric ignition timing
Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

1 time based synch-in/out

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 27

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-02

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector blue
AS 6-18-35 SB

F 02U 000 474-01

Mating connector red
AS 6-18-35 SN

F 02U 000 472-01

Installation Notes
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
2 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0
Order number F 02U V00 326-03

1

28 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.1

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

1

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boards

FeaturesSize

180 x 155 x 40 mm

Weight

1,060 gProtection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008
-20 to 85°Cu

8 injection output stages

u

8 ignition output stages

Temp. range (at internal sensors)u

59 data inputs

Electrical Data

The MS 5.1 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
it features a powerful digital processing core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.1
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.

Application

Power cons. (w/o loads)

Approx. 9 W at 14 V

Power supply
Operating range

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bank

1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Control strategy

Torque-structure based

2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Lambda control

With adaptation function

4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)

Speed limiter

38 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Gear cut for sequential gear box

4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.

4 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Fuel cut off

1 lap trigger input

Turbo boost control
Knock control

Outputs

Electronic throttle control

8 injection power stages (peak & hold)

Traction control

8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)

Sequential fuel injection

20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Asymmetric injection timing

Optional

4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Asymmetric ignition timing

Optional

2 H-bridges (5 A)

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA
1 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 29

1 protected Ubat output 1 A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 time base reference synch-in/out

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-02

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector yellow
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector blue
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector red
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces
1 x LIN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1
Order number F 02U V00 995-01

1

30 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.5
1

Asymmetric ignition timing

Optional

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Internal logger 2 GB
Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredFeatures

Vibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boardsSize

180 x 155 x 40 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

8 ignition output stages

Weight (approx.)

1,270 g59 data inputs

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 65°C

uInternal 2 GB dataloggeru

8 injection output stagesuu

The MS 5.5 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
it features a powerful digital processing core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.5
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
The MS 5.5 has an internal 2 GB logger, presenting a
cost efficient and weight optimized all-in-one solution.

Application

Electrical Data
Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)

13 W at 14 V

Power Supply
Full operation

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bank

1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Control strategy

Torque-structure based

1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Lambda control

With adaptation function

2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Speed limiter

4 wheel speed sensors (Inductive or Hall-effect)

Gear cut for sequential gear box

38 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.

4 analog inputs (Angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Fuel cut off

4 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Turbo boost control

1 lap trigger input

Knock control

Outputs

Electronic throttle control

8 injection power stages

Traction control

8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

Optional

20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 31

2 H-bridges (5 A)
3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA

1

1 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA
1 protected Ubat output 1 A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 time based synch-in/out

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-02

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector yellow
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector blue
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector red
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces
1 x LIN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5
Order number F 02U V00 285-04

32 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.2

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

1

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 high pin density motorsport connectors
220 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration resistant circuit board mounting

Featuresu

12 injection output stages

u12 ignition output stages

u78 data inputs

The MS 5.2 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family, it features a powerful digital processing core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware design allows
the MS 5.2 to support complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.

Size

200 x 170 x 36.5 mm

Weight (approx.)

1,260 gProtection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power cons. (w/o loads)

Approx. 10 W at 14 V

Power supply
Operating range

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)

Application
Engine layout

Max. 12 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

Torque-structure based

Lambda control

With adaptation function

1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
4 wheel speed sensors (Inductive or Hall-effect)

Speed limiter2 gearbox speed sensor (Inductive or Hall-effect)

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.

45 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Fuel cut off

14 analog inputs (Angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering
up to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Turbo boost control

4 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Knock control

1 lap trigger input

Electronic throttle control

Outputs

Traction control

12 injection power stages (Peak & hold)

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

Optional

Asymmetric ignition timing

Optional

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

12 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)
16 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
4 H-bridge valve drivers (± 100 mA)
2 H-bridges (5 A)

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 33

3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA
1 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
12 outputs with configurable function (FPGA)
1 time base reference synch-in/out

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-02

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector yellow
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector blue
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector orange
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector red
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
4 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2
Order number F 01T A20 069-01

1

34 | 01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

Diesel ECUs

1

Type

Engine Control Unit MS 15.1

Engine Control Unit MS 15.2

Engine Control Unit MS 12

Max. Cyl.

8

6

12

Injector types

Solenoid injectors

Piezo injectors

Piezo injectors

Control strategy

Quantity based

Quantity based

Quantity based

Injections

Max. 5Max. 4Max. 4

Inputs/Outputs

60/32

60/30

75/52

Turbo boost control system

Single or twin turbo

Single or twin turbo

Single or twin turbo

Lambda measurement

+

+

+

Traction control system

Optional

Optional+

Weight1,780 g

1,780 g2,500 g

01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 35

Engine Control Unit MS 15.1

8 housing fixation points
Size

210 x 199 x 36 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight1,780 gTemperature range-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption

Approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces LSU

Featuresu

8 injection output stagesu

For solenoid injectors

u60 data inputs

4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

The MS 15.1 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 8
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch solenoid injectors.

3 system inputs 0 to 5 V
13 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, fixed pull-up
27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up

Application

3 digital inputs

Engines with the following numbers of cylinders are supported:

3, 4, 5, 6, 8, < 3 on request

Injector type

Solenoid injectors

Control strategy

Quantity based

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
2 main injections
1 post injection

2 power stages for lambda heater

Turbo boost control

Single or Bi-Turbo

2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use

Outputs

Lambda measurement
Traction control

8 injection power stages
12 power stages (low side)

2 H-bridges

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA
Optional

Speed limiter

3 sensor supplies 10 V/100 mA

SoftwareGear cut for sequential gearbox
Speed limiter

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Optional function packages available

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System

Optional Functionality

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density,
187 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards

Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Two bank hydraulic control SW
upgradeF 02U V00 949-01

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-01

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-01

1

36 | 01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

1

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1
Order number F 01T A20 022-01
Software Options
SW Upgrade Traction Control
Order number F 02U V00 778-01
SW Upgrade Chassis
Order number F 02U V00 779-01
SW Upgrade Two Bank Hydraulic Control
Order number F 02U V00 949-01

01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 37

Engine Control Unit MS 15.2

8 housing fixation points
Size

210 x 199 x 36 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight1,780 gTemperature range-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption

Approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces LSU

Featuresu

6 injection output stagesu

For Piezo injectors

u60 data inputs

4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

The MS 15.2 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 6
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch Piezo injectors.

3 system inputs 0 to 5 V
13 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, fixed pull-up
27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up

Application

3 digital inputs

Engines with the following numbers of cylinders are supported:

3, 4, 5 ,6, < 3 on request

Injector type

Piezo injectors

Control strategy

Quantity based

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

2 power stages for lambda heater

Turbo boost control

Single or Bi-Turbo

2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use

Outputs

Lambda measurement
Traction control

6 injection power stages
12 power stages (low side)

2 H-bridges

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA
Optional

Speed limiter

3 sensor supplies 10 V/100 mA

SoftwareGear cut for sequential gearbox
Speed limiter

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Optional function packages available

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System

Optional Functionality

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density,
187 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards

Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Two bank hydraulic control SW
upgradeF 02U V00 949-01

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-01

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-01

1

38 | 01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

1

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Ordering Information

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Engine Control Unit MS 15.2
Order number F 01T A20 023-03

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control
Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between
cut off voltage and stationary actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressureduring injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement.
Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation
Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage demand.
Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Software Options
SW Upgrade Traction Control
Order number F 02U V00 778-01
SW Upgrade Chassis
Order number F 02U V00 779-01
SW Upgrade Two Bank Hydraulic Control
Order number F 02U V00 949-01

01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 39

Engine Control Unit MS 12

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

1

Aluminum housing
5 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density, 242
pins
Each connector individually filtered.
Vibration damped circuit boards
8 housing fixation points

FeaturesSize

240 x 200 x 57 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight2,500 gTemperature range-20 to 85°C

Electrical Datau

12 injection output stagesu

For piezo injectors

u78 data inputs

The MS 12 is the high-end ECU for Diesel engines. ThisECU offers 12 Piezo injection power stages for use in up
to a 12 cylinder engine. Various engine and chassis parameters can be measured with a high number of input
channels. All measured data can be transferred via FireWire interface to an optional flash card data logger.
Gear box control strategies are optional.

Application

Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption at 6,500rpm

Max. 160 W at 14 V

Inputs
6 inputs for thermocouple sensors (e.g. exhaust gas temperature)
2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
2 gear box speeds
4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors

Engine layout

Max. 12 cyl.

2 inputs for inductive crankshaft sensor

Injector type

Piezo injectors

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Control strategy

Quantity based

3 system inputs 0 to 5 V

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

16 PT1000

Single or Twin-Turbo

3 digital inputs

Turbo boost control (incl. VTG)

32 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up

Lambda measurement

2 LVDT sensor interfaces

Traction control

1 SSI interface

Launch control

Outputs

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

12 injection power stages

Gearbox control

24 power stages low side

Speed limiter2 power stages for lambda heater

Optional function packages available

6 H-bridges

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System

2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use

Max. vibration

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA or 10 V/100 mA

Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

40 | 01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

1

Environment (not included)

Communication

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-01

2 K-line serial interfaces

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I
AS 6-18-35 SA

F 02U 000 473-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-18-35 SB

F 02U 000 474-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-18-35 SC

F 02U 000 475-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-18-35 SN

F 02U 000 472-01

Mating connector V
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control
Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between
cut off voltage and stationary actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressureduring injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement.
Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation
Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage demand.
Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage set point.

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

5 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use, switchable CAN
load resistor)
2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 12
Order number on request

02 Injection and Ignition

2

Diesel System Components

42

Electronic Throttle Body

45

Fuel Pressure Regulators

48

Fuel Pumps

63

HP Injection Power Stages

80

Ignition Coils

86

Ignition Modules

159

Injection Valves165

42 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components

Diesel System Components• If it is originally equipped with Bosch components:
the part numbers of the Bosch components• Alternatively the car / engine manufacturer partnumber of the original injection system.
Notice2

If your engine is originally equipped with Bosch
components, modifications will be easier thanreplacing third party components.

NoticeWe reserve the right to assess a fee for applications where the component specification requires an extraordinary amount of time.

Featuresu

Modification of Common Rail systemsuDifferent modification levels availableu

All hydraulic parts available

The geometry and characteristics of Diesel engine components are more dependent upon the application thanthose for gasoline engines. A single injector design will
not fit all Diesel engines due to varying mechanical andnozzle geometry requirements. In addition, the injection
system can vary from year to year even within the same
make of car.
Bosch Motorsport uses the same Common Rail technology for racing that was developed for production vehicle
applications. This includes both solenoid (magnetic)
technology and the latest cutting-edge piezo technology.
Bosch Motorsport can offer a wide variety of modifications to fit the system to your specifications. These
modifications include:• Definition of suitable base components from other(or larger) engine applications.
• Adaptation of components for mating, fit and orientation to suit the selected application.
• Flow enhancement of injectors and rails.
• Injector nozzle adaptation (flow rate, number ofholes, spray cone angle etc.).
Our goal is to offer the best balance of cost and performance for your application. This is why we offer different levels of modifications to choose from. Below is
an example of the different levels for a 4-cylinder engine
with 4 injectors, 1 high pressure pump and a single fuelrail:

Installation Notes
When contacting us for more information on our Diesel
components, please have the following information
ready so that we may best determine components required for your application:• The base engine / the car where this engine originally is installed• Model year and type of car / engine• The base output level and the desired output level
for the engine

02 Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components | 43

Dimensions

2

Common Rail
Pumps

CP1H, CP3, CP4

RailsMax. 6 cyl./bankPressure Sensors

RDS

Injectors

CRI 2 (Solenoid),
CRI 3 (Piezo)

Pressure Control
ValvesDRVMax. 2,400 bar

Max. 2,400 bar

44 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components

Technical Specifications

2

1st Level

2nd Level

3rd Level

Description

Series components with minor
modifications (e.g. series components from a bigger engine plus
series injector with sample nozzle)

Series components with modifications (e.g. modified injector bodywith sample nozzle)

Components manufactured completely to your specification (e.g.
heavily modified series components or new products)

Functioning

Solenoid

Piezo

Piezo or Solenoid

Injectors

4 x 650.00 €4 x 2,100.00 €High pressure pump

1,250.00 €3,000.00 €On request (Prices will be finalized
in your personal offer once partnumbers are defined)

Fuel rail

Approx. 500.00 €Approx. 1,000.00 €System price

4,350.00 €12,400.00 €Bosch Motorsport does not manufacture high pressure fuel lines, but we can assist you in finding a company that can build high pressure lines for yourapplication.

02 Injection and Ignition | Electronic Throttle Body | 45

Electronic Throttle Body

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16 V

Supply voltage sensor

5 ± 0.2 V

Max. allowed generator current<10.0 A

Characteristic
Output signal I

0 to 5 V for 0 to 90°

Output signal II

5 to 0 V for 0 to 90°

Connectors and Wires
Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
For correct mounting please respect the hints on the next page
“Mounting position”.

Features

The ETB can be connected directly to control units with ETC functionality.

uMany bore diameters availableuThrottle position sensor is redundant

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

u

For flex-fuel, CNG, LPG

Two redundant sensors control the up to date throttle position.

u

Idle default position

All ETBs have an idle air position.

The throttle body is designed to control the fresh air of
spark ignition engines in combination with an electronic
throttle control system. ETB applications with flex-fuel,
CNG and LPG are permissible if injected in the air flow
after the throttle body.
A typical ETC system includes the following components: electronic throttle body, accelerator pedal module and electronic control unit.
You will find the available bore diameters in the variations table.

Electronic Throttle Body 32 mm
Order number 0 280 750 148
Electronic Throttle Body 40 mm
Order number 0 280 750 149
Electronic Throttle Body 46 mm
Order number F 02U V01 171-01
Electronic Throttle Body 50 mm
Order number 0 280 Y05 107-10

Application
Temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration

50 to 250 m/s at 50 Hz to 2 kHz
2Electronic Throttle Body 52 mm
Order number F 02U V01 184-01
Electronic Throttle Body 54 mm
Order number 0 280 750 150

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Available bore diameters

Ordering Information

32 mm
40 mm
46 mm
50 mm
52 mm
54 mm
60 mm
68 mm
82 mm

Electronic Throttle Body 60 mm
Order number 0 280 750 151
Electronic Throttle Body 68 mm
Order number 0 280 750 003
Electronic Throttle Body 82 mm
Order number 0 280 750 101

2

46 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Electronic Throttle Body

Dimensions
Mounting position2

02 Injection and Ignition | Electronic Throttle Body | 47

Variations
Electronic Throttle
Body 32 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 40 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 46 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 50 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 52 mm

2Bore diameter (mm)

32

40

46

50

52

Connector

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 356-01

D 261 205 356-01

D 261 205 356-01

Pin 1 A

Motor -

Motor -

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -Pin 3 C

Poti +

Poti +

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -

Pin 4 D

Motor +

Motor +

Poti 2

Poti 2

Poti 2

Pin 5 E

Poti 2

Poti 2Motor +

Motor +

Motor +Pin 6 F

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Flange diameter
(mm)

40

50

58

58

58

Weight (kg)

0,9

0,9

0,95

0,95

0,95

Max. air flow rate*

394 kg/h at 85° angle

695 kg/h at 85° angle

978 kg/h at 85° angle

Not specified

Not specified

Opening direction **counterclockwise

counterclockwise

clockwise

counterclockwise

clockwiseElectronic Throttle
Body 54 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 60 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 68 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 82 mm

Bore diameter (mm)

54

60

68

82

Connector

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 356-01

D 261 205 358-01

Pin 1 A

Motor -

Motor -

Poti 1

Motor -Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti +

Poti -Pin 3 C

Poti +

Poti +

Motor +

Poti +

Pin 4 D

Motor +

Motor +

Poti 2Motor +

Pin 5 E

Poti 2

Poti 2Motor -

Poti 2

Pin 6 F

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti -

Poti 1

Flange diameter
(mm)

70

68,5

75

90

Weight (kg)

0,95

0,95

1,1

1,1

Max. air flow rate*

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Opening direction **counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise* ambient conditions: Air pressure p=1000 mbar, Differential pressure ∆p=600 mbar ±25 mbar, rel. humidity rF=40 %, Air
temperature T=24°C** Opening direction is related to view A. See drawings on bottom of chapter “Dimensions”.

48 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/
Mini M2

Mechanical Data
Diameter

37.9 mm

Weight

60 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before
you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline
is not allowed.

FeaturesUsing the FPR Adaptor F 02U V00 735-01 you can rebuild the regulator an inline type.

u

5 to 10 baruMethanol version available from 6 to 10 bar

u

30 to 400 l/h reflowuAdjusted at 105 l/hu

Aluminum housing

Ordering Information
Standard version 5 bar
Order number B 261 208 105-02

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
We offer this regulator for gasoline as well as for methanol applications.
The main benefit of this regulator includes a higher
pressure range and a higher return flow rate in comparison to the production type regulators.

Standard version 6 bar
Order number B 261 208 106-01
Standard version 7 bar
Order number B 261 208 107-01
Standard version 8 bar
Order number B 261 208 108-01
Standard version 10 bar
Order number B 261 208 109-01

Application
Pressure range

See ordering information

Reflow quantity

30 to 400 l/h

Fuel compatibility Mini

Gasoline, E85, M22

Fuel compatibility Mini M

Gasoline, E85, M100

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Methanol version 10 bar
Order number B 261 208 123-01

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Accessories

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 HzFPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-01

Technical Specifications
Variations
Please see Ordering Information

Methanol version 6 bar
Order number B 261 208 121-01
Methanol version 8 bar
Order number B 261 208 122-01

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 49

Dimensions2

50 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

2

Installation Recommendation

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 51

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

Installation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box
pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before
you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline
is not allowed.

Features

Ordering Information
2.2 to 3.5 bar
Order number B 280 550 340-03

u

2.2 to 3.5 bar/3.5 to 5 baruPressure adjustableu

15 to 220 l/h reflow

3.5 to 5 bar
Order number B 280 550 341-03

uSheet steel housing

Accessories

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
This regulator based on a production type regulator was
specially designed for motorsport applications.
The main benefit of this regulator is the adjustability of
the fuel pressure.

Application
Pressure range

2.2 to 3.5 bar
3.5 to 5.0 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<400 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight58 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring

FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-012

52 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

2

Installation Recommendation

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 53

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini
38

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box
pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before
you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline
is not allowed.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38
Order number 0 280 160 616

Featuresu

3.8 baru

15 to 220 l/h reflowuAdjusted at 105 l/hu

Sheet steel housing

Accessories
FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-01

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
This production type fuel pressure regulator is designed
for the integration into the full rail.
The main benefits of this regulator include the competitively priced high quality and a high return flow rate.

Application
Pressure range

3.8 barReflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E10

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48 gMounting

Fastening with a clip

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 % at 105 l/h

2

54 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 55

2

Installation Recommendation

56 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes

2

The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box
pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before
you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline
is not allowed.

Ordering Information

Featuresu

5 bar

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
Order number 0 280 B02 722-02

u

15 to 220 l/h reflow

AccessoriesuAdjusted at 105 l/h

FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-01

uSheet steel housing

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
We modified this production type based regulator especially for motorsport use and increased the pressure level.
The main benefit of this regulator include the competitively priced high quality and the high return flow rate.

Application
Pressure range

5 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48.5 gMounting

Fastening with a clip

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 % at 105 l/h

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 57

Dimensions2

58 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

2

Installation Recommendation

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 59

FPR Adaptor

2

Featuresu

Aluminum housinguFits to production type regulators and Motorsport
regulators (FPR Mini, Mini 38, Mini 5, Mini A)

This adaptor offers the opportunity to convert a railpressure regulator into an inline pressure regulator. The
adaptor is able to hold a production type regulator aswell as a motorsport regulator. Delivery without regulator.

Application
Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85/M100

Operating temperature range-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Length100 mmWeight

170 g

Mounting

Screw fastening with M6 screws

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

2 x M14 x 1.5

Connector reflow

M14 x 1.5

Ordering Information
FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-02

60 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 61

HP Control Valve DSV

2FeaturesuWorking range 10 to 200 baru

Aluminum housing

The DSV is specially designed for regulation of pressurein the common rail of high pressure injection systems.

Application
Pressure range

10 to 200 bar

Flow quantity

Max. 220 l/h

Operating temperature range-20 to 130°C

Max. temperature of location

140°C (max. 5 min)Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight

135 g

Size

32 x 54 x 56 mm

Housing

Aluminum

Electrical Data
Operating voltage

6.5 to 18 V

Operation current

Imax = 2.2 A

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Ordering Information

Ordering Information
HP Control Valve DSV
Connector ASL 1-06-05SB-HE
Order number B 261 209 805-02
HP Control Valve DSV
Without connector
Order number B 261 209 806-02

62 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 63

Fuel Pump FP 100

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

6.0 ± 0.5 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Featuresu>100 l/h

u

725 g

u

Max. 5 baruFuel line screwed

The FP 100 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 100 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel canbe delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime).
The main benefit of the FP 100 over a production typepump is the high delivery rate.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar

Connectors and Wires

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

118 ± 3 l/h at 14 V

Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Electrical matting connector

With ring wire M4 and M5

Fuel compatibility

E85

M16x1.5

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Mechanical connector intake
side

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Installation Notes

Technical Specifications

With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Mechanical Data

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Diameter

54 mm

Length185 mmWeight

725 g

Mounting

Clamping

Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 100
Order number Y 580 701 456-03

2

64 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 65

Fuel Pump FP 165

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

11.0 ± 2 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Featuresu>165 l/h

u

980 g

u

Max. 5 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 165 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 165 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel canbe delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 165 is a production type fuel pump, combining
good quality at a low price.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar

Connectors and Wires

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

205 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Electrical matting connector

with ring wire M4 and M5

Fuel compatibility

E85

M14x1.5

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Mechanical connector intake
side

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Installation Notes

Technical Specifications

With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Mechanical Data

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Diameter

60 mm

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Length168 mmWeight980 g

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Mounting

Clamping

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 165
Order number 0 580 254 979

2

66 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 67

Fuel Pump FP 200

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

14 ± 1 A

Load current at 8 bar and 22°C

15 ± 1 A

Characteristic

Featuresu>200 l/h

u1,030 guMax. 5 bar/8 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 200 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside or inside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 200 l/h at 5 bar (8 bar). Biofuel can be delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 200 is one of the most popular aftermarket fuelpumps and has an excellent price.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar or 8 bar

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

260 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22°C

220 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Pressure limiting valve

10 to 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

60 mm

Length196 mmWeight

1,030 gMounting

Clamping

Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side2

68 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Connectors and Wires

2

Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Electrical matting connector

With ring wire M6 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M18x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Installation Notes
With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 200, 5 bar
Order number 0 580 254 044
Fuel Pump FP 200, 8 bar
Order number B 261 205 413-01

Dimensions

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 69

Fuel Pump FP 300

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

10 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

17.3 ± 1 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

Anodized

Color

Red

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

Internal

Featuresu>300 l/h

u

714 g

u

Max. 8 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 300 represents the next generation of low-pressure inline fuel pumps. The internals in the pump are designed specifically for motorsport applications.
Higher fuel deliveries from modified rotor design, as
well as an improved power-to-weight ratio are two of
the advantages of this pump.
The pump can be used for gasoline, Diesel and Bio-fuels.

Application
Fuel pressure

8 bar

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22°C

340 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Connectors and Wires

Pressure limiting valve

8.5 bar rel.

Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline E85/M100
DieselElectrical matting connector

with ring wire M6 and M5

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Mech. connector intake side

M18x1.5

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Mech. connector pressure sideM12x1.5

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Installation Notes
Integrated pre-filter allows cleaning of filter by user.

Technical Specifications

With E26/E85 or M100 fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Mechanical Data

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Diameter

50 mm

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Length174 mmPlease flush the pump with gasoline after use with Methanol fuel.

Weight FP 300

714 g

Mounting

Clamping

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 300
Order number B 261 205 366-01

2

70 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 71

Fuel Pump FP 300L

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

17.3 ± 1 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

Anodized

Color

Red

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

Internal

Featuresu>300 l/h

u

670 g

u

Max. 8 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 300L represents the next generation of low-pressure inline fuel pumps. The internals of the pump aredesigned specifically for motorsport applications.
Higher fuel delivery from modified rotor design, as wellas an improved power-to-weight ratio are two of the advantages of this pump.
The pump can be used for gasoline, Diesel and Bio-fuels.
The FP 300L has further weight reduction measures.

Application
Fuel pressure

8 bar

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22°C

340 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Pressure limiting valve

8.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline E85/M100
DieselOperating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Electrical matting connector

with ring wire M6 and M5

Mech. connector intake side

M18x1.5

Mech. connector pressure sideM12x1.5

Installation Notes
Integrated pre-filter allows cleaning of filter by user.
With E26/E85 or M100 fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Technical Specifications

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Length174 mmWeight

670 g

Mounting

Clamping

Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please flush the pump with gasoline after use with methanol fuel.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 300L
Order number F 02U V00 636-01

2

72 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 73

Fuel Pump LPx-F1

Sucking/intake side

Open pump element

Pressure side

M12x1

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

48 V ± 2 V

Load current

See diagrams

Speed control

PWM

2Characteristic

Featuresu> 160 l/h at 7 bar (g)

u

325 g

u

Max. 8 bar (g)Surface coating

Anodization

Color

Blue

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

Possible both sides

Volumeflow
300,0

u

Brushless motoru

PWM speed controlled

Volumeflow [l/h]

250,0

200,0
4 bar(g)5 bar(g)150,06 bar(g)7 bar(g)100,08 bar(g)50,0

The fuel pump LPx-F1 was developed to feed the highpressure fuel pumps. It is for in tank installation.
The speed controller is integrated and needs a PWM signal from the ECU. The supply voltage is 48 V.

Application

0,0
3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

5500

6000

6500

Speed [rpm]

Pump
speed
[rpm]

Pressure [bar(g)]

3000

81,3

70,8

58,0

46,1

32,7

l/h

3500

117,3

102,0

87,2

73,8

61,9

l/h

4000

149,4

133,9

119,3

105,2

93,2

l/h

4500

182,2

167,0

152,3

138,3

125,2

l/h

4 bar(g) 5 bar(g) 6 bar(g) 7 bar(g) 8 bar(g)Fuel pressure< 8 bar (g)Delivery rate at 22°C

> 160 l/h at 7 bar (g) (120 W)

Max. delivery rate

> 260 l/hMax. temperature fuel

65°C

Max. ambient temperature

80°C

5000

216,2

200,7

186,5

172,8

158,9

l/h

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

5500

249,2

234,0

220,1

206,4

192,8

l/h

Max. vibration

See vibration profile 1

6000

279,8

264,7

249,6

233,9

218,2

l/h

Max. dry run time

< 5 min

6500

281,8

265,8

250,2

235,0

219,7

l/h

Duration for pressure build up< 200 ms from (0 … 160 l/h at 8
bar abs at T_fuel = 65°C)

Current

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, more on request

4,00
3,50
3,00

Current [A]Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Pump

50 (25) mm x 125 mm

2,50
4 bar(g)5 bar(g)2,00

6 bar(g)1,50
7 bar(g)8 bar(g)1,00Electronic

47 x 60 x 20 mm

Weight325 g

Housing

Aluminum

0,50
0,00
3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

Speed [rpm]

5500

6000

6500

74 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

2

Pump
speed
[rpm]

Pressure [bar(g)]

3000

1,01

1,14

1,32

1,50

1,65

A

3500

1,21

1,39

1,56

1,67

1,91

A

4000

1,40

1,57

1,80

1,94

2,21

A

4500

1,55

1,75

2,02

2,25

2,51

A

5000

1,83

2,05

2,33

2,57

2,90

A

5500

2,07

2,41

2,65

2,90

3,18

A

6000

2,47

2,64

2,93

3,27

3,45

A

6500

2,48

2,64

3,04

3,31

3,52

A

4 bar(g) 5 bar(g) 6 bar(g) 7 bar(g) 8 bar(g)Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector

ASL 0-06-05PA-HE-952K

Electrical matting connector

on request

Pin 1

Ubatt (48 V, 3 A)

Pin 2

PGND

Pin 3

Nc

Pin 4

PWM_IN (10 Hz to 5 kHz, 10–
90 % = 0 … 7,000 rpm pumpspeed)Pin 5

SIG_OUT (optional)

Mechanical connector intake
side

open

Mechanical connector pressure
side

M12x1

Installation Notes
Fuel compatibility with F1 gasoline fuel.
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump LPx-F1
Order number F 02U V01 745-03

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 75

Dimensions2

76 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

Flow capacity and max. engine
speed

Depending on cam profile

Nominal pressure Standard version

200 barPossible customization

2

Features

Rev B (iPRV)

500 bar or customization

Rev C (EVO)= Rev B+ reduced internal restrictions+ introduction of EVO parts (outlet valve)

Rev D (Piston)= Rev C+ bigger piston diameter

Flange hole circle diameter

66 mm or 75 mm

Flange orientation

freeElectrical connector orientation

45° or customization

Hydraulic connection design

M14 x 1.5 or customization

Hydraulic connection orientation

LP 240° or customization, HP
180° or customizationu

200 bar or more

WeightApprox. 780 g

uMax. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

Supply pressure

4 to 7 baruIntegrated Flow Control Valve

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

uInternal Pressure Relief Valve

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

u

780 g

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s2

The HDP 5 is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery volume
as well as high efficiency, as needed in motorsport applications. Modifications in the number of cam lobes
and cam lifts allow different flow requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5 is equipped with an internal pressure relief
valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. It does not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The pump has an integrated demand control for metering the amount of fuel supplied into the high pressure
fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector
or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuelconsumption over rotation ratio) we recommend different types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet.

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector design

Series wire + compact connector
Series wire + motorsport connector
Motorsport wire + open end
Motorsport wire + motorsport
connector

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.

Application
For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Select the cam profile on fuel consumption requirements.

Technical Specifications

Avoid interference with FCV and hydraulic connections at flange orientation.

Mechanical Data

Avoid interference with flange at electrical connector orientation.

Mass flow

Please see extra sheet

Efficiency

Please see extra sheet

Body design

SeriesPlease specify the electrical connector design and the wire length withyour order.

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 77

Ordering Information
Standard version
Series wire + compact connector
Order number F 02U V00 912-01
Standard version
Series wire + motorsports connector
Order number F 02U V01 114-01
Rev B (iPRV)
Series wire + compact connector
Order number 0 261 B23 195-01
Rev B (iPRV)
Series wire + motorsports connector
Order number F 02U V01 894-01
Rev C (EVO)
Order number on request
Rev D (Piston)
Order number on request
Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 163-01

2

78 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

Flow capacity and max. engine
speed

Depending on cam profile

Nominal pressure

500 bar or customization

Possible customization

2

Features

Rev C (EVO)= Rev B+ reduced internal restrictions+ introduction of EVO parts (outlet valve)

Rev D (Piston)= Rev C+ bigger piston diameter

Flange hole circle diameter

66 mm or 75 mm

Flange orientation

Free

Electrical connector orientation

0° or customization

Hydraulic connection design

M14 x 1.5 or customization

WeightApprox. 585 g

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°CuMax. 500 bar

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

uMax. 1.1 cm /rotcam

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15uIntegrated Flow Control Valve

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

uInternal Pressure Relief ValveMax. vibration

600 m/s2u585 g

Connectors and Wires

3

The HDP 5-LW is a compact high pressure single piston
pump with a light weight housing. The design allows
achieving a big delivery volume as well as high efficiency, as needed in motorsport applications. Modificationsin the number of cam lobes and cam lifts allow different
flow requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5-LW is equipped with an internal pressure relief valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. This pumpdoes not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The pump has an integrated demand control for metering the amount of fuel supplied into the high pressure
fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector
or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuelconsumption over rotation ratio) we recommend different types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet.

Electrical connector design

Application

Avoid interference with FCV and hydraulic connections at flange orientation.

For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Avoid interference with flange at electrical connector orientation.

Technical Specifications

Please specify the electrical connector design and the wire length withyour order.

Mechanical Data
Mass flow

Please see extra sheet

Efficiency

Please see extra sheet

Body design

Ligthweight

Series wire + compact connector
Series wire + motorsport connector
Motorsport wire + open end
Motorsport wire + motorsport
connector

Hydraulic connection orientation

Fixed

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Select the cam profile on fuel consumption requirements.

Ordering Information
Rev B (iPRV)
Series wire + compact connector
Order number 0 261 B19 274-02

02 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 79

Rev C (EVO)
Order number on request
Rev D (Piston)
Order number on request2

80 | 02 Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages

HPI 1.1

Size

180 x 162 x 46 mm

Weight430 g

Electrical Data

2

Power supply

14 V

Operating voltage (normal operation)

11 to 16 V

Operating voltage (engine start)

6 to 18 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

FeaturesCommunicationuMax. 6 cylinders

1 CAN (500 kBaud)u

Max. 9,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

1 K-Lineu

430 gOrdering Information

The injector power stage HPI 1.1 is a device for driving
injectors for gasoline direct injection. Combined with asuitable ECU up to 6 injectors can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 3 groups of 2 injectors each. Withina group only one injector can be switched on at thesame time. The 3 groups are totally independent, sothat overlapping injection of injectors of different
groups is possible. Communication between main ECU
and the HPI 1.1 is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

6

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

9,000

Max. rpm (6 cyl. operation)

6,000

Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valves HDEV 1 and
HDEV 5Max. vibration

Vibration profile 2 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Variations

Injection control inputs

D 261 205 373-01

HPI 1.1 Active low

HPI 1.1 Active highInverting (Low = ”ON”)
for operation withstandard lowside power stages of automotive
ECUs

Non-inverting (High= ”ON”)

Mechanical Data
Sheet-metal housing
Each connector pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards
Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

HPI 1.1 Active low for HDEV 5
Order number F 02U V00 030-01
HPI 1.1 Active high for HDEV 5
Order number F 02U V00 036-01

02 Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages | 81

Electrical Data

HPI 5

Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

10 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

D 261 205 353-01

Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)Ordering Information
HPI 5
Optimized for Bosch HDP 5
Order number F 02U V00 929-02

FeaturesuMax. 8 cylindersuMax. 14,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

u

550 g

The injector power stage HPI 5 is a device for driving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8 injectors
can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 4 groups of
2 injectors each. Within a group only one injector can beswitched on at the same time. The 4 groups are totally
independent, so that overlapping injection of injectorsof different groups is possible. The HPI 5 is mainly designed to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5,
but there are also variations for Hitachi HDP available.
Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5 is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

7,000

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

14,000Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 and Boschhigh pressure pump HDP 5
Hitachi HDP Gen 1 and Gen 3 variations available
Further HDEV and HDP on request

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

Size (incl. connectors)

190 x 123 x 36 mm

Weight

550 g

HPI 5
Optimized for Hitachi HDP Gen 1
Order number F 02U V01 055-02
HPI 5
Optimized for Hitachi HDP Gen 3
Order number F 02U V00 906-022

82 | 02 Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages

HPI 5-M 4C

Operation voltage (engine start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

2

AS 616-26SN

Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)Ordering Information
HPI 5-M 4C
Order number F 02U V01 629-01

FeaturesuMax. 4 cylindersuMax. 15,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

u

400 g

The injector power stage HPI 5-M 4C is a device for driving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 4 injectors can be driven. Overlapping injection of injectors
is possible. The HPI 5-M is mainly designed to drive the
Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5. Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5-M is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

4

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

15,000Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 and Boschhigh pressure pump HDP 5

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 100°C

Size (incl. connectors)

167 x 97 x 39 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight

400 g

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

12 to 16 V

02 Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages | 83

Dimensions2

84 | 02 Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages

Electrical Data

HPI 5-M 8C

2

Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

12 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

AS 616-26SN
AS 614-19SN

Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)Ordering Information
HPI 5-M 8C
Order number F 02U V01 630-01

FeaturesuMax. 8 cylindersuMax. 8,000 rpm (8 cyl. operation)

u

440 g

The injector power stage HPI 5-M 8C is a device for driving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8 injectors can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 4
groups of 2 injectors each. Within a group only one injector can be switched on at the same time. The 4
groups are totally independent, so that overlapping injection of injectors of different groups is possible. The
HPI 5-M is mainly designed to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5. Communication between main ECU
and the HPI 5-M is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

8,000

Max. rpm (6 cyl. operation)

9,500

Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 and Boschhigh pressure pump HDP 5

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 100°C

Size (incl. connectors)

167 x 97 x 39 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight440 g

02 Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages | 85

Dimensions2

86 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil PS

2

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 30 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)
respectively BIP372

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

AMP C-O-28 44 25

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stage

Pin 2

Engine GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Pin 4

N.a.

u

Max. 30 kVuMax. 42 mJ

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

uMax. 1.5 kV/µs

Characteristic dwell times [ms]uMax. 10,000 1/min

UbattThis pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed forcylinder head installation.
The coil PS has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting.
It is a basic concept for ignition applications.

Application

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.4

-

-

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

24 V

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

22 mm

Weight

189 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

570 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 872

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kV

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kV

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kV

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil PS requires an ECU with integrated ignition power stage, e.g.
IGBT IRG4BC40S.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil PS
Order number 0 221 504 460

88 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 89

Single Fire Coil PS-T

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 27 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 355

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Engine GND

Pin 4

Ubatt

u

Max. 27 kVuMax. 42 mJuMax. 1.5 kV/µs

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

uMax. 10,000 1/min

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed forcylinder head installation.
The coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting.
It is a basic concept for ignition applications.

Application

Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.4

-

-

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

24 V

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

2

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

22 mm

Weight202 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

90 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kV

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kV

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kV

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil PS-T
Order number 0 221 604 103

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 91

Dimensions2

92 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P35

2Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Sumitomo

Mating connector
3-pole Sumitomo

D 261 205 367-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stage

Pin 2

Engine GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

u

Max. 34 kV

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

uMax. 38 mJ

Spark plug connectoruMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

uMax. 10,000 1/min

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder head.
The coil P35 has no integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

6V

7.80

8V

Application

140.5 mmUbatt

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

3.90

5.20

6.90

7.90

10 V

2.65

3.36

4.03

4.35

4.70

5.60

12 V

2.04

2.51

2.92

3.10

3.30

3.66

14 V

1.63

2.00

2.30

2.43

2.55

2.79

16 V

1.37

1.67

1.91

2.00

2.10

2.27

18 V

1.19

1.43

1.63

1.70

1.78

1.91

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

20 V

1.04

1.25

1.42

1.49

1.55

1.66

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

22 V

0.93

1.11

1.26

1.33

1.37

1.46

Technical Specifications

24 V

0.84

1.00

1.13

1.18

1.23

1.31

Mechanical Data

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

2

Length140.5 mm

Weight

194 to 205 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

760 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 93

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

25.6 mJ

0.894 ms

68 mA

26.4 kV

6A

33.3 mJ

1 ms

78 mA

30.7 kV

7A

40 mJ

1.07 ms

86 mA

34 kV

7.5 A

42.7 mJ

1.097 ms

89.5 mA

35.7 kV

8A

44.9 mJ

1.12 ms

93 mA

37 kV

9A

48.8 mJ

1.15 ms

102 mA

39.6 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P35 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35
Order number 0 221 504 030

94 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 95

Single Fire Coil P35-T

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 373

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Sumitomo

Mating connector
3-pole Sumitomo

D 261 205 367-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

u

Max. 34 kVuMax. 38 mJuMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

uMax. 8,000 1/min

Spark plug connector

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder head.
The coil P35-T has an integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20
mA current output.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

Application

140.5 mm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

6V

11.40

8V

4.40

6.00

8.0

10.0

8.0 A

9.0 A

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

10 V

2.90

3.70

4.0

4.5

5.0

6.0

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

12 V

2.14

2.68

3.2

3.0

3.1

3.4

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

14 V

1.73

2.11

2.3

2.5

2.9

2.5

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

16 V

1.44

1.75

1.9

2.9

2.0

2.8

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

18 V

1.24

1.50

1.9

1.8

1.5

2.0

20 V

1.09

1.30

1.7

1.3

1.0

1.2

22 V

0.97

1.6

1.0

1.7

1.2

1.1

24 V

0.87

1.4

1.7

1.2

1.7

1.5

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length140.5 mm

Weight

194 to 205 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

96 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

7.5 A

41 mJ

1.093 ms

87 mA

33.8 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P35-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35-T
Order number 0 221 604 014

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 97

Dimensions2

98 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P35-E8

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

760 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Sumitomo

Mating connector
3-pole Sumitomo

D 261 205 367-01

uMax. 34 kV

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stageuMax. 38 mJ

Pin 2Engine GND

uMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Pin 3

Ubatt

u

Connector length on customer requirementuMax. 10,000 1/min

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
d=8 mm.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

4.4

6.0

8.6

10 V

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

12 V

1.6

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

14 V

1.4

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

16 V

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length85 to 225 mm

Weight

194 to 250 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 99

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35-E8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V00 235-01

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of
8 or 10 mm.
The coil P35-E has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

2

100 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 101

Single Fire Coil P35-E10

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

760 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Sumitomo

Mating connector
3-pole Sumitomo

D 261 205 367-01

uMax. 34 kV

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stageuMax. 38 mJ

Pin 2Engine GND

uMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Pin 3

Ubatt

u

Connector length on customer requirementuMax. 10,000 1/min

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
d=10 mm.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

4.4

6.0

8.6

10 V

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

12 V

1.6

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

14 V

1.4

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

16 V

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Mechanical Data

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

Length110 to 225 mm

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Weight

194 to 250 g

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

Mounting

Screw fastening

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

102 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Installation Notes

2

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of
8 or 10 mm.
The coil P35-E has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35-E10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V00 440-01

Dimensions

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 103

Single Fire Coil P35-TE8

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with internal powerstage

BIP 373

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 34 kVuMax. 38 mJuMax. 2.0 kV/µs

uConnector length on customer requirementuMax. 8,000 1/min

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The coil P35-TE has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA
to 20 mA current output.
This coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
d=8 mm.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application

Connector

Sumitomo

Mating connector
3-pole Sumitomo

D 261 205 367-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

10 V

8.0 A

9.0 A

4.4

6.0

8.6

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

12 V

1.6

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

14 V

1.4

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

16 V

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length85 to 225 mm

Weight

194 to 250 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

104 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35-TE8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V00 234-01

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of
8 or 10 mm.
The coil P35-TE has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 105

Dimensions2106 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P35-TE10

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with internal power
stage

Features

BIP 373

Connectors and WiresuMax. 34 kV

Connector

SumitomouMax. 38 mJ

D 261 205 367-01

uMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Mating connector
3-pole Sumitomo
Pin 1

ECU ignition signaluConnector length on customer requirement

Pin 2

ECU GNDu

Max. 8,000 1/min

Pin 3

Ubatt

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The coil P35-TE has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA
to 20 mA current output.
This coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
d=10 mm.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

4.4

6.0

8.6

8.0 A

9.0 A

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

10 V

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

12 V

1.6

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

14 V

1.4

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

16 V

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

Technical Specifications

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

Mechanical Data

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Length110 to 225 mm

Weight

194 to 250 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 107

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35-TE10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V00 439-01

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of
8 or 10 mm.
The coil P35-TE has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

2

108 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 109

Mechanical Data

Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M

WeightPlease see Variations

Mounting

Pluggable

Electrical Data

Features2

Primary resistance with wire

370 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 3.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 92 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.15 ms

Noise suppression

With spark plug connector

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

CharacteristicuMax. 35 kVuMax. 50 mJuMax. 3.0 kV/µs

uHigh voltage contacting via high voltage wire andspark plug connector possibleuMax. 10,000 1/min

Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

The single fire coil P50 is a low cost concept designed
for direct mounting to the cylinder head. A high voltage
ignition wire can optionally be connected to the secondary output terminal.
The coil P50 requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages for each single fire coil.
The coil P50-M is specifically for motorsport applications. This coil is operable in higher vibration environments.

Application

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stage

Pin 2

Engine GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d=10 mm

Characteristic dwell times [ms]UbattSpark energy≤ 50 mJ

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

Please see Variations

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10 A

6V

3.84

4.93

6.2

7.7

9.5

11.2

8V

2.54

3.14

3.81

4.51

5.17

5.61

10 V

1.9

2.33

2.76

3.21

3.62

3.87

12 V

1.51

1.84

2.17

2.51

2.8

2.97

14 V

1.26

1.52

1.79

2.06

2.29

2.42

Technical Specifications

16 V

1.07

1.3

1.53

1.74

1.93

2.04

Variations

18 V

0.94

1.13

1.32

1.51

1.67

1.77

24 V

0.68

0.81

0.95

1.08

1.19

1.26

30 V

0.53

0.63

0.74

0.84

0.93

0.98

P50

P50-M

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s at
5 to 2,000 Hz≤ 800 m/s at
5 to 2,000 Hz

Weight

223 g

265 g

Spark plug connector

-

+

2

2

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

110 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Accessories
Accessory spark plug connector
Order number 1 354 489 085

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

22 mJ

0.82 ms

60 mA

26.8 kV

6A

29.7 mJ

0.93 ms

68.5 mA

31.6 kV

7A

37.5 mJ

1.03 ms

77 mA

36.4 kV

8A

46.3 mJ

1.12 ms

87.5 mA

40.9 kV

9A

53 mJ

1.17 ms

97 mA

44.4 kV

10 A

58.4 mJ

1.21 ms

105 mA

46.3 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P50 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Coil P50
Order number 0 221 504 001
Coil P50-M
Motorsport version
Order number F 02U V00 869-01

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 111

Dimensions2112 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P65

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

2

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]FeaturesUbattuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder-head.
The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition power stages.

Application

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Spark energy and provided high voltage

Technical Specifications

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Mechanical Data

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

Length180 mm

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

Weight w/o wire

225 g

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

Mounting

Screw fastening

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mΩ

Installation Notes

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 113

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65
Order number 0 221 504 024

Dimensions2114 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P65-T

2

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 33 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector

F 02U B00 555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting on the cylinder head.
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition drivers.

Application

Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length143 mmWeight223 gMounting

Screw fastening

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Dwell time

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 115

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-T
Order number 0 221 604 024

2

116 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 117

Single Fire Coil P65-E8

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter
d=8 mm.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Dwell timeMax. vibration≤ 250 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Ubatt

2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

8.5 A

Length75 to 225 mm

8V

4.5

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

Weight w/o wire

< 270 g

10 V

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

Mounting

Screw fastening

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

118 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Spark energy and provided high voltage

Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65-E8 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-E8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 702-01

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 119

Dimensions2120 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P65-E10

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameterd=10 mm.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Dwell timeMax. vibration≤ 250 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Ubatt

2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

8.5 A

Length102 to 225 mm

8V

4.5

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

Weight w/o wire

< 270 g

10 V

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

Mounting

Screw fastening

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 121

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Spark energy and provided high voltage

Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65-E10 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-E10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 703-01

2

122 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 123

Single Fire Coil P65-TE8

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

Characteristic
Measured with internal powerstage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector

F 02U B00 555-01

uMax. 33 kV

Pin 1

ECU ignition signaluMax. 65 mJ

Pin 2

ECU GNDu

Developed for GDI engines

Pin 3

Ubatt

u

Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)

Characteristic dwell times [ms]For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The coil P65-TE8 has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA
to 20 mA current output.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
8 mm.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application

Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length87 to 225 mm

Weight< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement2124 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65-TE8 has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition drivers.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-TE8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 705-01

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 125

Dimensions2126 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P65-TE10

2Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

Characteristic
Measured with internal powerstage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector

F 02U B00 555-01

uMax. 33 kV

Pin 1

ECU ignition signaluMax. 65 mJ

Pin 2

ECU GNDu

Developed for GDI engines

Pin 3

Ubatt

u

Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The P65-TE10 has an integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20
mA current output.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
10 mm.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length114 to 225 mm

Weight< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 127

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65-TE10 has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition drivers.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-TE10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 706-01

128 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 129

Single Fire Coil P65-WG

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder-head.
The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition power stages.

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Dwell time2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
LengthSee offer drawing

Weight w/o wire

< 222 gMounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.0 ms

Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement2130 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2
Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-WG
Order number F 02U V01 927-01
Accessories
High voltage connectors and wires
Order number on request

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 131

Dimensions2132 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P65-WS

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

2

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder-head.
The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition power stages.

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
LengthSee offer drawing

Weight w/o wire

< 222 gMounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data

Dwell time
Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Primary resistance

570 mΩ

24 V

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 133

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2
Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-WS
Order number F 02U V01 926-01
Accessories
High voltage connectors and wires
Order number on request

134 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 135

Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

420 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 2.1 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 95 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.14 ms

2

Suppression diode / EFU

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Coil 2 (b) ECU Ignition Power
Stage

u

Max. 35 kVu

2 x ≤ 50 mJ

Pin 2

Ubatt

u

Max. 2.1 kV/µs

Pin 3

Coil 1 (a) ECU Ignition Power
Stage

u

Developed for twin spark enginesu

2 independent coils in 1 housing

This ignition coil is specifically developed for engineswith twin sparks.
The advantage of this coil is that are two separated coils
in one housing. So the ignition can be parallel or serialoffset with some angular degrees.
The Twin Single Fire Coil requires an ECU with separated ignition power stages for every coil (2 per Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1).
This coil is a series coil, produced in great quantities.
The advantages of coils from run production are low
costs and high robustness.

Application
Spark energy

2 x ≤ 50 mJ

Primary current

2 x ≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 110°C

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight496 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

4.6

6.5

9.2

13.6

8V

2.9

3.9

4.8

5.7

6.1

6.5

10 V

2.1

2.74

3.36

3.9

4.0

4.2

12 V

1.65

2.11

2.55

2.92

3.04

3.18

14 V

1.36

1.74

2.07

2.35

2.45

2.55

16 V

1.16

1.47

1.75

1.98

2.05

2.14

18 V

1.02

1.28

1.51

1.7

1.77

1.84

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

136 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

20 mJ

0.784 ms

55 mA

22.5 kV

5A

29.9 mJ

0.931 ms

70 mA

27.5 kV

6A

38 mJ

1.04 ms

85 mA

31.5 kV

7A

46.2 mJ

1.11 ms

90 mA

35.4 kV

7.5 A

49.5 mJ

1.14 ms

95 mA

36.7 kV

8A

52.4 mJ

1.16 ms

105 mA37.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug.
The Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1 has no integrated transistors and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1
Order number 0 221 503 035

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 137

Dimensions2138 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Double Fire Coil 2x2

2Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.2 ms

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector
3-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 289-01

Pin 1

Coil 2 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

Coil 1 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Features

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

uMax. 35 kV

Characteristic dwell times [ms]uMax. 70 mJ

Ubatt

u

Max. 1.9 kV/µs

u

For 4 cyl. engines

This dual spark ignition coil is designed for low-cost applications in 4-cylinder engines.
The Double Fire Coil 2x2 has no integrated transistor
and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The advantage of this coil is that the ECU needs only
two internal ignition power stages for supplying a 4-cylinder engine.
The Double Fire Coil 2x2 benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

Application

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10 A

6V

6.9

9.3

13.1

22.2

8V

4.2

5.3

6.7

8.1

9.8

12.0

10 V

3.0

3.8

4.6

5.4

6.2

7.0

12 V

2.4

2.9

3.5

4.1

4.6

5.1

14 V

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.3

3.6

4.0

16 V

1.6

2.0

2.4

2.7

3.0

3.3

20 V

1.2

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.3

2.5

22 V

1.1

1.3

1.6

1.8

2.0

2.2

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0

Spark energy≤ 70 mJ

24 V

Primary current≤ 8.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 120°C

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight916 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

13.3 kΩHigh voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Dwell time

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 139

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

34.5 mJ

1.6 ms

40 mA24.9 kV

6A

46.5 mJ

1.83 ms

51 mA

30 kV

7A

58.0 mJ

2.03 ms

61 mA

34.5 kV

8A

69.6 mJ

2.2 ms

70 mA38.6 kV

9A

79.9 mJ

2.31 ms

77 mA

42.2 kV

10 A

89.9 mJ

2.4 ms

88 mA

45 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug,
please pay attention that the spark plugs are connected in the correct
ignition firing order. Numbers in the offer drawing or on the ignition
coil are not the firing order but the cylinders’ order.
The Double Fire Coil 2x2 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with two internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Double Fire Coil 2x2
Order number 0 221 503 407

2140 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 141

Double Fire Coil 3x2

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.9 ms

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector
3-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Coil 3 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Pin 2

Coil 2 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Pin 3

Coil 1 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Pin 4

Ubatt

u

Max. 35 kV

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

uMax. 65 mJ

Characteristic dwell times [ms]uMax. 1.9 kV/µs

Ubatt

u

For 6 cyl. engines

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

7.2

9.5

13.5

8V

4.3

5.4

10 V

3.1

12 V

10 A

6.6

7.9

9.5

3.8

4.5

5.2

6.0

6.7

2.4

2.9

3.5

3.9

4.4

4.9

This dual spark ignition coil is designed for low-cost applications in 6-cylinder engines.
The Double Fire Coil 3x2 has no integrated transistor
and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The advantage of this coil is that the ECU needs only
three internal ignition power stages for supplying a 6cylinder engine.
The Double Fire Coil 3x2 benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

14 V

2.0

2.4

2.8

3.2

3.5

3.9

16 V

1.7

2.0

2.4

2.7

2.9

3.2

Application

18 V

1.4

1.7

2.0

2.3

2.5

2.7

20 V

1.3

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

22 V

1.1

1.3

1.6

1.8

1.9

2.1

24 V

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

1.9

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 8.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight1,490 gMounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

12 kΩ

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Dwell time2142 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

34.4 mJ

1.44 ms

48 mA

25.4 kV

6A

45 mJ

1.63 ms

60 mA

29.9 kV

7A

56.5 mJ

1.78 ms

70 mA

34 kV

8A

67.6 mJ

1.9 ms

80 mA

39.3 kV

9A

77.7 mJ

1.98 ms

88.8 mA

43 kV

10 A

86.2 mJ

2.07 ms

100 mA

45 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug,
please pay attention that the spark plugs are connected in the correct
ignition firing order. Numbers in the offer drawing or on the ignition
coil are not the firing order but the cylinders’ order.
The Double Fire Coil 3x2 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with three internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Double Fire Coil 3x2
Order number 0 221 503 002

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 143

Dimensions2144 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil S19

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

200 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 7.5 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 30 kV

Spark current≤ 320 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.27 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Ionic current signal

Optional

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Connectors and Wires
FeaturesuMax. 30 kVuMax. 34 mJuMax. 7.5 kV/µs

uMax. 20,000 1/min

This single fire coil was developed for the use in Formula 1 high performance engines. It is designed to mountdirectly on the spark plug.
This coil optionally provides an ionic current measurement.
The coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high efficiency.

Application

Connector

Open end

Mating connector

-

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU power stage white (bluewith optional ionic current measurement)

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Pin 4

Optional ionic current signal
screen wire white

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length L

Max. 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Spark energy≤ 34 mJ

Primary current≤ 25 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

18.5 mm

Weight

100 g

Mounting

Pluggable / pressedUbatt

I primary
12 A

16.0 A

20.0 A

22.0 A

6V

0.7

1.4

8V

0.390

10 V

25.0 A

0.613

0.980

1.300

0.278

0.411

0.586

0.695

0.910

12 V

0.216

0.310

0.426

0.491

0.606

14 V

0.176

0.250

0.335

0.382

0.460

16 V

0.148

0.208

0.276

0.313

0.371

24 V

0.084

0.119

0.157

0.175

0.208

27 V

0.077

0.107

0.139

0.155

0.180

30 V

0.068

0.094

0.122

0.136

0.157

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 145

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

12 A

9 mJ

120 µs

150 mA

17.5 kV

16 A

15.2 mJ

154 µs200 mA

22.8 kV

20 A

22.8 mJ

186 µs

250 mA

27.8 kV

22 A

27.2 mJ

200 µs

275 mA

30 kV

25 A

34.2 mJ

221 µs

320 mA

33.4 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil S19 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil S19
Order number 0 221 B00 113-02

146 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 147

Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T

Features

Pin 2

ECU ignition
power stage
white

ECU ignition
signal yellow

Pin 3

Engine GND
black

ECU GND
blue

Pin 4

Ion current
signal screen
wire white

Engine GND
black

Pin 5

N.a.

Optional ion
current signal
screen wire
white

Measured with power stage

IGBT
IRG4BC40S(Uce = 600 V)

IGBT
IRF5036S(Uce = 400 V)

Operating temperature range atouter core

0 to 160°C

0 to 150°C

Mechanical Datau

Max. 25 kV

Diameter

22 mm

uMax. 60 mJ

Weight150 guMax. 5.0 kV/µs

Mounting

Pluggable / presseduMax. 10,000 1/min (higher with reduced dwell
time)

Electrical Data

This single fire coil was developed for the use in highperformance engines. It is designed to mount directly on
the spark plug andThis coil optionally provides an ionic current measurement. The coil S22 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages. The
coil S22-T has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application
Spark energy≤ 60 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

Please see Variations

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Primary resistance with wire

Please see Variations

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 25 kV

Spark current≤ 300 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.43 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Integrated power stage

Please see Variations

Ionic current signal

Optional

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

Please see Variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Open end

Technical Specifications

Mating connector-

Variations

Pin 1

Ubatt red

S22

S22-T

Pin 2

Please see Variations

Primary resistance with wire

330 mΩ

Incapable ofmeasurement

Pin 3

Please see Variations

Integrated power stage

-

+

Pin 4

Please see Variations

Pin 1

Ubatt red

Ubatt red

Pin 5

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

2

148 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length L

Max. 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

2

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
8A

10 A

12 A

14 A

15 A

16 A

6V

1.76

2.61

4.61

8V

1.10

1.49

1.99

2.70

3.12

3.74

10 V

0.80

Spark energy

1.08

1.37

1.71

1.91

2.12

12 V

Installation Notes

0.62

0.83

1.04

1.27

1.40

1.52

14 V

0.51

0.68

0.84

1.01

1.10

1.19

16 V

0.44

0.53

0.70

0.84

0.91

0.99

20 V

0.34

0.44

0.53

0.63

0.68

0.73

24 V

0.27

0.35

0.43

0.50

0.54

0.58

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil S22 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
The coil S22-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Operation with limit values of 16 A can reduce the life time of the ignition coil. In case of permanent operation please use 12 A. This willbring spark energy of 40 mJ.
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil S22
Order number 0 221 B00 115-02
Single Fire Coil S22-T
Integrated transistor
Order number 0 221 B00 116-02

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

8A

18.1 mJ

251 µs

150 mA

21.1 kV

10 A

28.3 mJ

305 µs

185 mA

22.7 kV

12 A

39 mJ

353 µs

225 mA

23.6 kV

14 A

50.8 mJ

394 µs

260 mA

24.6 kV

15 A

58 mJ

415 µs

280 mA

24.9 kV

16 A

64 mJ

430 µs

300 mA

25.2 kV02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 149

Dimensions

2150 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil C90i-pro

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Ionic current measurement+

Characteristic

2

Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 40 kVuMax. 90 mJuMax. 5.0 kV/µs

u

Especially developed for Turbo-GDI enginesuMax. 15,000 1/min

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting. The C90i-pro
provides the possibility of ionic current measurement.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Pin 4

Ionic current signal white

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 10 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

Application

17 A

20 A

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

250 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 151

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro
Order number 0 221 B00 256-01

152 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 153

Single Fire Coil C90i-E8

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise supression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
FeaturesuMax. 40 kVuMax. 90 mJuMax. 5.0 kV/µs

uFits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8mmuMax. 15,000 1/min

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting. The C90i-E8
provides the possibility of ionic current measurement.
For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Pin 4

Ionic current signal white

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]UbattApplication

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

Primary current≤ 16 A

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

Technical Specifications

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

Mechanical Data

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Length80 to 220 mm

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

154 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90i-E8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 368-01

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 155

Dimensions2156 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil C90i-E10

2Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise supression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On requestuMax. 40 kV

Pin 1

Ubatt reduMax. 90 mJ

Pin 2

ECU ignition power stage blueuMax. 5.0 kV/µs

Pin 3

Engine GND blacku

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10
mm

Pin 4

Ionic current signal white

Wire length

100 cmMax. 15,000 1/min

Wire size

AWG 20/22

uThis single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting. The C90i-E10
provides the possibility of ionic current measurement.
For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

17 A

20 A

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

Primary current≤ 16 A

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length114 to 225 mm

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 157

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90i-E10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 369-01

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

2

158 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 159

Ignition Module IM 3.1

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Characteristic

Features

Characteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used

Internal transistor

Triple Darlington

Connectors and WiresuMax. 3 cylinders

Connector (Coil T1)

Bosch Jetronic 3-pole

u

47 g

D 261 205 289-01

uFits to all MS 4 ECUs

Mating connector 3-pole JetronicuEspecially adapted for Coils PS, P35, P50(-M),
P65, 2x1, 2x2 and 3x2

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

Pin 2

Collector transistor 2

Pin 3

Collector transistor 3

Connector (ECU)

Bosch Jetronic 4-poleMating connector 4-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 3

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Basis transistor 2

Pin 4

Basis transistor 1

This module is an external ignition power stage capableof supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g.
MS 4 Sport.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Application
Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

This ignition module can be used with Coils PS, P35, P50(-M), P65,
2x1, 2x2, 3x2 or comparable coils.

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

Installation Notes

Technical Specifications

A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Mechanical Data

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

Size

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Weight w/o wire

47 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°C

Please observe the specified limit values.
Please do not activate more than one ignition output stage parallel
within a module.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

2

160 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 3.1
Order number 0 227 100 209

2

Dimensions

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 161

Ignition Module IM 3.2

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Characteristic

Features

Characteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used

Internal transistor

Triple Darlington

Connectors and WiresuMax. 3 cylinders

u

47 g

u

Fits to all MS 4 ECUsu

Connector

Bosch Jetronic 7-poleMating connector
7-pole Jetronic

F 02U B00 252-01

Especially adapted for Coils PS, P35, P50(-M),
P65, 2x1, 2x2 and 3x2

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 1

This module is an external ignition power stage capableof supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g.
MS 4 Sport.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Gnd

Pin 5

Basis transistor 2

Pin 6

Collector transistor 3

Pin 7

Basis transistor 3

Application

Installation Notes

Primary current≤ 8.5 AThis ignition module can be used with Coils PS, P35, P50(-M), P65,
2x1, 2x2, 3x2 or comparable coils.

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Max. vibration

400 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

2

Technical Specifications

Please observe the specified limit values.

Mechanical Data
Size

71 x 48 x 21 mm

Weight w/o wire

47 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CElectrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

Please do not activate more than one ignition output stage parallel
within a module.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 3.2
Order number 0 227 100 203

2162 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 163

Ignition Module IM 4

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical< 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector (Coil T1)

Bosch Jetronic 4-poleMating connector
Jetronic 4-pole

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 4uMax. 4 cylinders

Pin 2

Collector transistor 3

u

54 g

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2uFits to all MS 4 ECUs

Pin 4

Collector transistor 1

uEspecially adapted for Coils PS, P35, P50(-M),
P65, 2x1, 2x2 and 3x2

Connector (ECU)

Bosch Jetronic 5-poleMating connector
Jetronic 5-pole

D 261 205 352-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 2

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

Basis transistor 3

Pin 5

Basis transistor 4This module is an external ignition power stage capableof supplying up to four non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g.
MS 4 Sport.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Installation Notes

Application
Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

This ignition module can be used with Coils PS, P35, P50(-M), P65,
2x1, 2x2, 3x2 or comparable coils.
Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Technical Specifications

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

Mechanical Data

Please observe the specified limit values.

Size

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Ordering Information

Weight w/o wire

54 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Ignition Module IM 4
Order number 0 227 100 211

2164 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Dimensions2

02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 165

Injection Valve EV 6

Coil resistance

1.2 to 16 ΩFuel compatibility

E85 / M100
(after Methanol-operating thevalves must be flushed with normal gasoline-fuel)2

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Injectors with low resistance are only supplied with a peak and holdpower stage.

FeaturesuSingle beam or twin beamu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 962 cm3/minuSpray angle 15 to 70°

EV 6 injection valves are designed to inject the fuel as
efficiently as possible into the intake manifold runner toachieve a homogeneous distribution of fuel in air flow.
EV 6 injection valves feature high corrosion resistanceand excellent engine start characteristics. The hydraulicconnections of the Bosch injection valves EV 6, EV 12
and EV 14 are compatible.

Ordering Information
EV 6 CS, 116 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 156 194
EV 6 CL, 261 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 155 868
EV 6 EL, 261 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 155 830
EV 6 ES, 269 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 156 063
EV 6 CS, 310 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 156 012

Application
Fuel Filter Requirements
Particle size

≥ 5 μmEV 6 CS, 658 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 434 499-02

Max. particle size

35 μm

Accessories

Separation rate

≥ 82 %

Clip for locking bush of plastic
Order number 2 431 314 004

Technical Specifications

Clip for locking bush of steel
Order number 2 431 314 011

Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤ 55 gFuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing designStandard (S), Long (L)Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

134 to 962 cm³/min
92 to 658 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 70°

Bent angle γ

0 to 20°

166 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

2

Spray Illustrations

EV6 Standard

02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 167

2

EV6 Long

Mounting Instructions

168 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

EV 6 Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

0 280 156 194

0 280 155 868

0 280 155 830

0 280 156 063

0 280 156 012

Flow rate/min

116 g/170 cm3261 g/382 cm3261 g/382 cm3269 g/393 cm3310 g/453 cm3

Type

C

C

E

E

C

Housing

S

L

L

S

S

α80

15°

15°

20°

15°

20°

γ

0°

0°

0°

10°

5°

δ

-

-

90°

270°

90°

Resistance

14.5 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

2

Further variations are available on request
Variation of Motorsport valves
Part Nr.

B 280 434 499-02

Flow rate/min

658 g/962 cm3

Type

C

Housing

S

α80

25°

γ

0°

δ

-

Resistance

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.

02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 169

Injection Valve EV 12

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.

Ordering Information
EV 12 ES, 120 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 157 002
EV 12 ES, 193 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 157 012

FeaturesuSingle beam or twin beamu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/minuSpray angle 5 to 60°

uWith extension

EV 12 ES, 217 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 155 897
EV 12 ES, 269 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 155 892
EV 12 ES, 310 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 157 000

EV 12 injection valves are designed to inject the fuel as
efficiently as possible into the intake manifold runner toachieve a homogeneous distribution of fuel in air flow.
There is only one injector body size for the EV 12. Various delivery rates and spray-angles are available. The injection valves EV 6, EV 12 and EV 14 are compatible.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight40 g

Installation length

48 mm (total 81 mm)

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing designStandard with extension

Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

146 to 1,023 cm³/min
59 to 670 g/min

Spray angle α

5 to 60°

Bent angle γ

0 to 17°

Coil resistance

11 to 16 ΩFuel compatibility

E85 / M100
(after Methanol-operating thevalves must be flushed with normal gasoline-fuel)Accessories
Clip for locking bush of plastic
Order number 2 431 314 004
Clip for locking bush of steel
Order number 2 431 314 011

2170 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

2

Housing Variations

02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 1712

Mounting Instructions

172 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

EV 12 Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

0 280 157 002

0 280 157 012

0 280 155 897

0 280 155 892

0 280 157 000

Flow rate/min

120 g/175 cm3

193 g/282 cm3

217 g/317 cm3

269 g/393 cm3310 g/453 cm3

Type

E

E

E

E

E

Housing

S

S

S

S

S

α

15°

15°

15°

15°

15°

γ

10°

10°

10°

10°

10°

δ

270°

270°

270°

270°

270°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

2

Further variations are available on request.

02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 173

Injection Valve EV 14

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.

Ordering Information
EV 14 CL, 116 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 110
EV 14 ES, 116 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 200

Features

EV 14 CL, 150 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 107uConical spray or 2-sprayu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,462 cm3/minuSpray angle 15 to 85°uWith or without extension

EV 14 injection valves are the latest revision of the EV 6
injection valve technology. EV 14 xT are the latest revision of the EV 12.
EV 14 is designed for a wide range of flow rates andspray patterns. Compact size and three standard versions simplify mounting in a variety of applications.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤ 30 g

Installation lengths

33.6, 48.65 or 60.65 mm

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing design

Compact (C), Standard (S),Long (L)Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

146 to 1,462 cm³/min
116 to 1,000 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°

Coil resistanceSee variations

Fuel compatibility

E85 / M100
(after Methanol-operating thevalves must be flushed with normal gasoline-fuel)EV 14 ES, 150 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 013
EV 14 CKxT, 237 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 038
EV 14 EL, 237 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 116
EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 038-09
EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 038-10
EV 14 ESxT, 429 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 123
EV 14 CS, 503 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 038-08
EV 14 CS, 503 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 038-07
EV 14 CKxT, 670 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 040
EV 14 CS, 670 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 487-01
Accessories
Clip for locking bush of plastic
Order number 2 431 314 021
Clip for locking bush of steel
Order number 2 431 314 018

2174 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

2

Spray Illustrations

Housing Variations

02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 175

2176 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

2

Mounting Instructions

02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 177

EV 14 Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

0 280 158 110

0 280 158 200

0 280 158 107

0 280 158 013

0 280 158 038

2
Flow rate/min

116 g/170 cm3

116 g/170 cm3

150 g/219 cm3150 g/219 cm3

237 g/347 cm3

Type

C

E

C

E

C

Housing

L

S

L

S

KxT

α

15°

15°

20°

19°

20°

γ

0°

0°

0°

0°

0°

δ

0°

90°

0°

90°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Part Nr.

0 280 158 116

0 280 158 123

0 280 158 040

0 280 158 333

Flow rate/min

237 g/347 cm3429 g/627 cm3670 g/980 cm3

1,000 g/1,462 cm3

Type

E

E

C

C

Housing

L

SxT

KxT

K

α

22°

25°

30°

25-35°

γ

5°

0°

0°

0°

δ

90°

90°

0°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

8,5 Ω

Further variations are available on request
Variations of Motorsport valves
Part Nr.

B 280 436 038-07

B 280 436 038-08

B 280 436 038-09

B 280 436 038-10

B 280 436 487-01

Flow rate/min

503 g/736 cm3503 g/736 cm3387 g/566 cm3387 g/566 cm3670 g/980 cm3

Type

C

C

C

C

C

Housing

S

S

S

S

S

α

70°

25°

70°

25°

30°

γ

0°

0°

0°

0°

0°

δ

-

-

-

-

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.

178 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves(after Methanol-operating, thevalves must be flushed with normal gasoline-fuel)Injection Valve EV 14i
Electrical Data
Power supply

2

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Div. motorsport connectors

Installation Notes
Injection Valves EV 14i are manufactured on order only and are not on
stock. The minimum purchase quantity is 25 pieces per variation.
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Injectors with low resistance are only supplied with a peak and holdpower stage.

Ordering Information
EV 14i Ci, 213 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 323-03

Featuresu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/minuSpray angle 15 to 85°uExtremely small housinguVery low weightuSpecial development for motorsport

EV 14i EixT, 261 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 548-01
EV 14i Ci, 263 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 270-03

EV 14i injection valves are the smallest Bosch low pressure injection valves and especially developed for motorsport applications.
The valve is designed for a wide range of flow rates andspray patterns. Very compact size simplifies mounting ina variety of applications.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤20 g

Installation lengths

26.9 mm

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤70°C

Climate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing design

Very compact

Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

Max. 1,023 cm³/min
Max. 700 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°

Coil resistance

12 Ω

Fuel compatibility

E85 / M100

EV 14i Ci, 310 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 470-01
Accessories
Extended tip
Order number on request

02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 179

Dimensions

2

Spray Illustrations

180 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

EV 14i Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

B 280 436 323-03

B 280 436 270-03

B 280 436 548-01

B 280 436 470-01

Flow rate/min

213 g/311 cm3

263 g/385 cm3261 g/382 cm3

310 g/453 cm3

Type

C

C

E

C

Housing

i

i

ixT

i

α

85°

25°

20°

50°

γ

0°

0°

15°

0°

δ

0°

0°

90°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

2

Further variations are available on request.

02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 181

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

68 g

Diameter

20.7 mm

Length87 mm

Flow rate at 100 bar (n-heptane)

up to 1,500 cm3/min

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes (typical)

Spray typeMulti hole

Spray angle overall

110° (typical)

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±5 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C

Electrical Data

Features

Booster supply

65 to 90 VuMax. 200 bar

Booster current

13.2 Au

Multi hole

Booster time

500 μsu

Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,500 cm3/min (n-heptane)

Power supply

12 V

Pick up current

9.6 A

u

Spray angle 8 to 20°

Pick up time

800 μsHold power supply

12 V

Hold current

3.0 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mΩ (ambient temp.)

The HDEV 5.2 is a high pressure injector, which is developed to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 is both to meter out thefuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fuel and air.
It is an inward opening solenoid injector which is optimized regarding very short opening and closing times
which ensures a very stable linearity at short injection
times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also the flow rate
can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers the spraytargeting design according to the individual customer requirements. If your application conditions will not matchthe listed performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport. In addition to the specific designed sample, Bosch offers cost effective production
HDEV 5.2 on request.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector Compact

D 261 205 359-01

Connector Jetronic (wire)

D 261 205 288-01

Connector motorsport (wire)

On request

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes
The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport Power Stage
Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).

Application

308 to 1,026 g/min at 100 bar(typical)

Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip will
not be damaged.

Fuel

Gasoline

Operating pressure

200 barOperating temperature range-31 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s²

Do not use supersonic cleaning.

Ordering Information
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
Order number on request2

182 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

2

Spray variations, further variations on request

02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 183

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
LC

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

Max. 221.5 g

Diameter

20.7 mm

Length standard version

185 mmLength short version

173 mmFlow rate at 100 bar (n-heptane)

Up to 1,500 cm3/min

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes (typical)

Spray typeMulti hole

Spray angle overall

110° (typical)

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±5 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C

Electrical Data
Features

Booster supply

65 to 90 VuMax. 200 bar

Booster current

13.2 Au

Multi hole

Booster time

500 μsu

Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,500 cm3/min (n-heptane)

Power supply

12 V

Pick up current

9.6 A

Spray angle 8 to 20°

Pick up time

800 μsHold power supply

12 V

Hold current

3.0 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mΩ (ambient temp.)u

The HDEV 5.2 LC is a high pressure injector, which isdeveloped to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 LC is both to meter out
the fuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fuel andair. It is an inward opening solenoid injector which is
optimized regarding very short opening and closing
times which ensures a very stable linearity at short injection times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also the flow rate
can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers the spraytargeting design according to the individual customer requirements. If your application conditions will not matchthe listed performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport. In addition to the specific designed sample, Bosch offers cost effective production
HDEV 5.2 LC on request.

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector Compact

On request

Connector Jetronic (wire)

D 261 205 288-01

Connector motorsport (wire)

On request

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes
The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport Power Stage
Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).

Application
Application

308 to 1,026 g/min at 100 bar(typical)

Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip will
not be damaged.

Fuel

Gasoline

Do not use supersonic cleaning.

Operating pressure

200 barOperating temperature range-31 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s²

Ordering Information
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC
Order number on request

2

184 | 02 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

2

Spray variations, further variations on request

Standard version

Short version

03 Alternators and Starters

3

Alternators

186

Starter198

186 | 03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators

Alternator 90 A

Cut-in speed

1,300 x 1/min

CouplingscrewsCharacteristic 110 A

3

FeaturesRpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 25°C

1,000

0

1,300

15.5

1,500

32.5

1,700

44.8

2,000

58.5

3,000

76.0

4,000

85.0

5,000

88.5

6,000

90.0

7,000

90.3

8,000

90.5

u

5,400 g

9,000

90.5

u

90 A

10,00090.5

uClockwise rotation

15,00090.5

uSpecial light weight aluminum pulley available

20,00090.5This alternator is modified for motorsport demand. It isa clockwise rotation type and is series part in the Porsche Cup cars. We deliver the alternator inclusive fan
and pulley. Modifications are available on request.

Application
Temperature range-10 to 90°C

Vibration protection

highInstallation without rubber mounting.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Case material

aluminum

Weight5,400 gCurrent regulator unit

integrated

Rotation

Clockwise

Max. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Ordering Information

Diameter

108 mmLength without shaft stub

128 mmAlternator 90 A
Order number 0 124 B00 160-01

Distance between mounting
points154 mmElectrical Data
Rated current

90 A

Output voltage

14 V

03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 187

Dimensions

3188 | 03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators

Alternator B3

Length w/o pulley

117 mmBattery B+ connection

M8x1.25

Tightening torque at B+

22 Nm

Electrical Data

3

Regulating voltage

14.2 V

Temperature compensation-10 mV/K

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

Excitation resistor (L)Internal (external on request)

Cut-in-speed

3,000 x 1/min

Characteristic

FeaturesRpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

3,000

40

3,500

93

4,000

125

u

With multifunctional regulator

5,000

162

u

4,800 g

6,000

182

u

210 A *

7,000

193

u

Clockwise rotation

8,000

201

9,000

206

10,000210

11,000213

12,000215

14,000217

16,000219

18,000222

The B3 is a powerful 12 V motorsport alternator. It has
an optimized hand wound stator winding (3 phase triangle), high current diodes (special Zener diode chips
from Bosch production to retain load-dumps) and an extra fine balanced rotor with double impregnated winding.
The multifunctional regulator (special Bosch developed
ASIC) controls the alternator output voltage at B + connection. The main benefit of this alternator is the highpower output in a small low weight package. Furthermore it is optimized concerning vibration endurance.

Application
Application

210 A * at 10,000 rpm/90°C

Max. ambient temperature

105°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

Max. ambient temperature(short-term)

120°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

Rotating direction

Clockwise

Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

4.8 kgMax. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Moment of inertia

22 kg*cm2

Outer diameter w/o screw

136 mmInstallation Notes
Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case. Ensure that the case has a high current, low electrical resistance connection to vehicle ground.
Operating the alternator is only permitted with the installed regulator
and a connected 12 V battery (Lithium battery not proved).

03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 189

The excitation current can also be realized by an external lamp (on request).
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
Rectifier diodes are designed and proved for B+ continuous output
current of 210 A. The alternator is able to support more current, but
this must be restricted for short time to prevent the destroying of rectifier diodes.

Ordering Information
Alternator B3
Order number F 02U V00 646-01

Dimensions

3190 | 03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators

3

03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 191

Alternator B3 LIN

Adjustable set values via LIN interface
Outputs of status information via LIN interface

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

4.8 kgMax. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Moment of inertia

22 kg*cm2

Outer diameter w/o screw

136 mmLength w/o pulley

117 mmBattery B+ connection

M8x1.25

Tightening torque at B+

22 Nm

Electrical Data
FeaturesuElectrically and mechanically identical with B3uMotorsport optimized LIN2.1 regulator with latest
ASIC technologyu4,800 gu

210 A *uClockwise rotation

Regulating voltage

14.2 V

Temperature compensation-10 mV/K

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

Excitation resistor (L)Internal (external on request)

Cut-in-speed

3,000 x 1/min

Characteristic

The B3 LIN is a powerful 12 V motorsport alternator. It
has an optimized hand wound stator winding (3 phase
triangle), high current diodes (special Zener diode chips
from Bosch production to retain load-dumps) and an extra fine balanced rotor with double impregnated winding.
The LIN regulator (special Bosch developed ASIC) controls the alternator output voltage at B + connection.
The main benefit of this alternator is the high power
output in a small low weight package. Furthermore it is
optimized concerning vibration endurance.

Application

Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

3,000

40

3,500

93

4,000

125

5,000

162

6,000

182

7,000

193

8,000

201

9,000

206

Application

210 A * at 10,000 rpm/90°C

10,000210Max. ambient temperature

105°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

11,000213

12,000215

Max. ambient temperature(short-term)

120°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

14,000217

Rotating direction

Clockwise

16,000219

Fixed frequency regulation with pulse width modulation

18,000222

Stand-by-mode

Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min

Switching-on via LIN interface
High side output stage with defined ramp steepness and FET as freewheeling „diode“
Emergency start and default mode3

192 | 03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators

3
Installation Notes
Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case. Ensure that the case has a high current, low electrical resistance connection to vehicle ground.
Operating the alternator is only permitted with the installed regulator
and a connected 12 V battery (Lithium battery not proved).
The excitation current can also be realized by an external lamp (on request).
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
Rectifier diodes are designed and proved for B+ continuous output
current of 210 A. The alternator is able to support more current, but
this must be restricted for short time to prevent the destroying of rectifier diodes.

Ordering Information
Alternator B3 LIN
Order number F 02U V01 188-04

03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 193

Dimensions

3

EMV
C3

LIN

LIN
Master

EMV
U

C1

EMC -circuit
B+

KL 15

B+
C2
DF

G

Regulator -IC

V
B-

Housing
SystemSchematic Diagram

Generator

Electrical194 | 03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators

Alternator GCM1

3

Electrical Data
Rated current

110/130/140 A

Output voltage

13.5 V

Cut-in speed

3,000 x 1/min

CouplingscrewsBattery B+

M6

Tightening torque at B+

14 Nm

Control lamp D+

flat-pin connector, see drawing

Internal D+ resistor

only GCM1 140 A Nascar

Characteristic 110 A

FeaturesRpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

13

3,000

37

3,500

54

u

3,400 g

4,000

65

u

110 to 140 A

5,000

78

u

Clockwise or anticlockwise rotation

6,000

88

u

Special light weight aluminum pulley available

7,000

96

8,000

102

9,000

105

10,000108

12,000113

15,000117

18,000120This alternator is modified for motorsport demand andsplash protected. The stator windings are handmade
and optimized for higher current output; the rotor is extra fine balanced and double impregnated. The alternators are e.g. used in Nascar series. Clockwise and anticlockwise versions are possible, modifications are available on request.

Application
Ambient temperature range-30 to 90°C

Vibration protection

highInstallation without rubber mounting.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Case material

aluminum

Weight3,400 gCurrent regulator unit

integrated

Max. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Diameter

108 mmLength without shaft stub

128 mmDistance between mounting
points154 mmCharacteristic 130 A
Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

6

3,000

32

03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 195

3,500

51

4,000

63

5,000

80

6,000

90

7,000

98

8,000

105

9,000

111

10,000116

12,000121

15,000127

18,000131

3Installation Notes
An external cooling can contribute to increase the performance. It will only be effective if the incoming air is
30°Kelvin cooler than the ambient air. Otherwise, the restriction of air flow will negate any cooling benefits. If
these conditions are met, the cooling air should be distributed over the center axis at the rear of the alternator
for optimal cooling. The alternator fans are not able togenerate negative pressure. It is possible to use external
blower to support the alternator. Debris at alternatorcooling area can reduce cooling effect. This could also
shorten the alternator service life. Installation withoutrubber mounting.

Ordering Information
110 A anticlockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 606-02

Characteristic 140 A / Nascar
Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

0

3,000

1

3,500

25

4,000

49

5,000

83

6,000

101

7,000

113

8,000

122

9,000

129

10,000135

12,000144

15,000151

18,000156

110 A clockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 607-03
130 A anticlockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 604-02
130 A clockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 605-02
140 A anticlockwise rotation
Order number F 01E B01 857-02
140 A clockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 603-02
140 A Nascar clockwise rotation
Order number F 02U V00 004-05

196 | 03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators

Dimensions

3

Design 110/ 130 /140 A

03 Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 197

3

Design 140 A Nascar

198 | 03 Alternators and Starters | Starter

Starter 1.7 kW

3Featuresu

1.7 kWu3,600 x 1/min

This starter is specially constructed for motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter; we offer it inclockwise and counter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Application
Max. temperature

150 °C

Vibration

High protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight3,700 g

Revolutions

3,600 x 1/min

Module2,11Electrical Data
Performance

Ordering Information
Starter 1.7 kW
Order number on request

1.7 kW

03 Alternators and Starters | Starter | 199

Dimensions

3200 | 03 Alternators and Starters | Starter3

04 Sensors

4

Current Sensor

202

Gear Shift Sensor

204

Knock Sensors

208

Lambda Sensors

214

Linear Position Sensors

230

Pressure Sensors Air

252

Pressure Sensors Fluid

268

Rotary Position Sensors

294

Speed Sensors

310

Temperature Sensors

340

Thermocouple Probes

368

Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

375

Wire Potentiometers391

202 | 04 Sensors | Current Sensor

Current Sensor CS 240

Max. continuous output current

10 mA

Typical output current

7.5 mA at 5 V

Characteristic

4

Sensitivity [G]16.67 mV/A

Output drift vs. power supply

0.5 %Power up time

25 to 110 ms

Resolution

2.5 mV at US=5 V

Output voltage

Vout=US/5 x (0.5 + G x IP); at US

Connectors and Wires

Features

Pin A/1 (red)DC supply voltage

Pin B/2 (blue)

GroundPin C/3 (green)

Output signal

Mating connector kit Series typeF 02U B00 641-01

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

uCurrent measurement up to 240 A

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

uSingle supply voltage

OutputuVery good linearityu

No additional resistance inside the loomu

Low thermal offset and gain drift

This sensor is developed for DC and pulsed currents
measurements. The advantage is the single power supply and no additional resistance.

Application
Application

Current 0 to 240 A [IP]Max. frequency

DC to 80 Hz at -3 db

Operating temperature range-40 to 125°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 125°C

Load resistance>10 kΩ

Output type

AnalogMax. vibration

68 m/s2 at 5 to 200 Hz

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes

Mechanical Data

Application Notes

Weight w/o wire

25 g

Bore diameter

19 mm / 15.5 mm

Installation length37.5 mmMounting

Direct on the wire

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max. power supply

8.5 V (14 V; 1 min at 25°C)

Please regard the specified limit values (see Electrical Data).
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Series type connector (no wire)
Order number F 02U V01 311-01

04 Sensors | Current Sensor | 203

With Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number F 02U V01 312-01
Open end (flying wires)
Order number F 02U V01 312-90

Dimensions

4

Dimensions

Accuracy

204 | 04 Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Characteristic
Signal Output

0,5 to 4,5 V

Zero Output

2,5 V

Connectors and Wires

4

Featuresu

Strain gauge technologyuMeasurement range: -450 to 450 Nu

Analog output

This sensor is designed to measure force relative to gear
shifting in order to control the engine operation allowing the driver to maintain no-lift-shift/full throttle during
shifting (up and down).
A circuit of precise resistors and an integrated amplifier
supply a force dependent output voltage signal. As soon
as this signal exceeds a certain threshold value in the
ECU, the ignition and injection can be adjusted automatically according to the individual ECU application.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part and robust design
with metal housing and motorsport spec connection.
Furthermore this sensor has a dual way functionality.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Sensor voltage
Force (N)Voltage (V)

450

4.673

360

4.225

270

3.797

180

3.397

90

2.941

0

2.538

-90

2.141

Technical Specifications

-180

1.672

Mechanical Data

-270

1.255

Application
Measuring range-450 to 450 N

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 Hz to 2 kHz

Operating temperature range

0 to 80°C

Weight w/o wire

90 g

-360

0.820

Size

65 x 16 x 16 mm

-450

0.402

Mounting

2 x M10 x 1

Tightening torque22 Nm

Mech. range programmable up
to

450 N

Fmax

800 N

Mech. load limit

1800 NMax. cycles at 300 N

300,000 cycles

04 Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor | 205

Installation Notes
The GSS-2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
Order number B 261 209 227-01

Dimensions

4206 | 04 Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M2

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 16 V

Characteristic
Signal output

0.5 to 4.5 V

Zero output

2.5 V ± 25 mV

Connectors and Wires

4

Features

Connector

ASU 1-03-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASU 6-03-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 398-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Not connected

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on requestuStrain gauge technology

SleeveDR-25

u

Measurement range: -1000 to 1000 N

Wire size

AWG 26uAnalog output

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

The sensor measures the force in the gear shift linkage
in order to control the engine operation, allowing thedriver a full power up-/ and downshift.
The tension / compression forces acting on the sensor
element changes the resistance of a strain gauge. The
signal is amplified by an integrated electronic circuit togenerate a force-dependent output voltage.
The main features and benefits of this sensor are its
small dimensions, its low weight and its robust design.

Application

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Sensor voltage
Force (N)Voltage (V)

-1000

0,5

-750

1

-500

1,5

-250

2

Working range-1000 to 1000 N

02,5Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

250

3

Operating temperature range

0 to 85°C

500

3,5

750

4

1000

4,5

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

5,0

25 g

Size

51 x 18.5 x 11 mmProtection classification

IP63

4,5

Sensor Voltage [V]Weight w/o wire

4,0
3,5
3,0
2,5
2,0
1,5
1,0
0,5

Material

Stainless steal

0,0
-1000

-800

-600

-400
tension

Mounting

2 x M6Tightening torque

22 Nm

Fmax

±1,000 N

Mech. load limit±1,500 N-200

0Force [N]

200

400

600

800

1000

compression

Installation Notes
The GSS-M2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

04 Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor | 207

For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M2
Order number F 02U V01 897-01

Dimensions4208 | 04 Sensors | Knock Sensors

Knock Sensor KS-P

4

FeaturesuEngine vibration measurementsu

Measurement range 1 to 20 kHzuuElectrical Data
Range of frequency

1 to 20 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 20 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 25 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0,06 mV/g°C

Capacity field

800 to 1400 pF

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Y 280 A62 566A

Robust design

Mating connector
2-pole Compact

D 261 205 337-01

Integrated series connector

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Scr

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. The small packaging is accomplished by integrating the connector directly to thesensor.

Application

Installation Notes
The KS-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.

Application

1 to 20 kHz

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Ordering Information

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque

20±5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

48 gProtection

IP 54

Knock Sensor KS-P
Order number 0 261 231 120

04 Sensors | Knock Sensors | 209

Dimensions4210 | 04 Sensors | Knock Sensors

Knock Sensor KS-R

4

Features

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

1 to 20 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 20 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 30 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0,06 mV/g°C

Capacity field

800 to 1400 pF

Connectors and Wiresu

Engine vibration measurements

Connector

A 261 230 076

uMeasurement range 1 to 20 kHz

D 261 205 289-01

uRobust design

Mating connector
3-pole Jetronic
Pin 1

Sig +

Pin 2

Sig -

Pin 3

Scr

SleeveElastomer

Wire size

AWG 18

Wire length L

50 cm

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. Connection to this sensor canbe tailored to customer requirements through specified
wire lengths and various connector options.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Installation Notes
The KS-R can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.

Application
Application

1 to 20 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Ordering Information

Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

82 g

Protection

IP 54

Knock Sensor KS-R
Order number 0 261 231 047

04 Sensors | Knock Sensors | 211

Dimensions4212 | 04 Sensors | Knock Sensors

Knock Sensor KS-R2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Fixing screw for cast iron

M8x25

Fixing screw for aluminum

M8x30

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Weight w/o Connector

60 gProtection

IP 54

Electrical Data

4

Range of frequency

3 to 25 kHz

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-3 mV/gLinearity between 3 to 25 kHz± 20 %

Main resonance frequency> 30 kHz60

Features55
50

Engine vibration measurementsu

Measurement range 3 to 25 kHzu

Robust designuCompact housing

45
Sensitivity (mV/g)

u

40
35
30
25
20
15

average[mV/g]

upper limit [mV/g]

10This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. This version is an optimized
part for Motorsport applications based on a series application development. Compared to the previous version,
the advantage of this new modification is that this product has an extended frequency and higher operating
temperature rating.

Application
Application

3 to 25 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 0 to 24 kHz≤ 4000 m/s2 at 5 to 24 kHz(short-term)

5lower limit [mV/g]

after lifetime [mV/g]

0
3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Frequency (kHz)

Ratio of frequency and sensitivity
Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity-40 to 20°C ≤ 1.9 pF/k
40 to 150°C ≤ 3.3 pF/k

Capacity field

1150 ± 200 pF

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASX 602-03PC-HE

Mating connector

ASX 002-03SC-HE

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Scr

SleeveElastomer

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L

45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Installation Notes
The KS-R2 can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control.
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.

04 Sensors | Knock Sensors | 213

To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Knock Sensor KS-R2
Order number F 02U V01 884-01

Dimensions

4214 | 04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2

Cable and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply H+ nominal

9V

Heater power steady state

10 W

Heater control frequency>2 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell80 ΩMax. current load for Nernst cell10(DC)/250(AC) μAu

Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞u

Wide-bandu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime <1,030°C

Characteristic

Max. Hexagon temperature 570°C

Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

uThis sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive gasoline engines.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.2 is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU capable of being used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as for other lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of
the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU is the very robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Data Logging Systems/
Sensor Interfaces.

Application

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

-1.85

0.70

-

-1.08

0.80

0.364

-0.76

0.85

0.700

-0.47

0.90

1.005

0.00

1.009

1.500

0.34

1.18

1.858

0.68

1.43

2.216

0.95

1.70

2.500

1.40

2.42

2.973

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞

2.55

Air

4.183

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas.

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)

930°C

Heater Strategy

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature< 570°C

TSensor [°C]

-40

-10

20

50

UH, eff, max (t=0) [V]

8,5

9,5

10,5

10,5

04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 215

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Y 928 K00 050

Mating connector

D 261 205 138-01

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

UN/RE

Pin 3

VM/IPN

Pin 4

Uh-/H-

Pin 5

Uh+/H

Pin 6

IA/RT

Wire length L

60.0 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust -gas mixture, which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak -air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further installation notes in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
Order number 0 258 006 065

4216 | 04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Dimensions

4

Mounting recommendation

Recommended materials for themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 217

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Variations

4

LSU 4.9 with automotive connector

Featuresu

Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞u

Wide bandu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime ≤ 1,030°C

uMax. Hexagon temperature 600°C

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU 4.9 capable of being used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as forother lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of
the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU 4.9 is the robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Data Logging Systems/
Sensor Interfaces.

Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature< 600°C

Connector

1 928 404 682

Mating connector

D 261 205 356-01

Pin 1

IP / APE

Pin 2

VM / IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H

Pin 5

IA / RT

Pin 6

UN / RE

Wire length L

95.0 cm

LSU 4.9 with motorsports connector
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SN

Pin 1

Uh+ / H

Pin 2

Uh- / H-

Pin 3

IP / APE

Pin 4

VM / IPN

Pin 5

UN / RE

Pin 6

IA / RT

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 ΩMax current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

218 | 04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Characteristic

Heater Strategy

Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

U
13 V

8.5 V
1.5 V

4

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used forlean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see variations

Mating connector

Please see variations

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

Please see variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does notexceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
With automotive connector, wire length 95 cm
Order number 0 258 017 025
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
With motorsports connector. Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Order number B 261 209 356-05

04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 219

Dimensions

4

Mounting recommendation

Recommended materials for themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

220 | 04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D

Hexagon temperature< 600°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications

4

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Electrical Data
FeaturesuLambda control for Diesel enginesu

Wide bandu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime < 1,030°C

uMax. Hexagon temperature 600°C

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines. Due toits protective tube the LSU 4.9D is especially designed
for Diesel applications.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9D is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda =0.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being used as auniversal sensor for lambda = 1 measurement as well as
for other lambda ranges. The connector module contains a trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU is the robust design combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Data Logging Systems/
Sensor Interfaces.

Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

DieselExhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 ΩMax current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda = 0.8

0.80 ±0.01

Accuracy at lambda = 1

1.016 ±0.007

Accuracy at lambda = 1.7

1.70 ±0.05

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 221

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

Installation Notes

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

The lambda sensor should be installed at a point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does notexceed the maximum permissible temperature.

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used forlean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.

Heater Strategy
TSensor [°C]

-40

-10

20

50

UH, eff, max (t=0) [V]

8,5

9,5

10,5

10,5

The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

U

Ordering Information

13 V

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D
Order number 0 281 004 135

8.5 V
1.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector

1 928 404 687

Mating connector

on request

Pin 1

IP / APE

Pin 2

VM / IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H

Pin 5

IA / RT

Pin 6

UN / RE

Sleevefiber glas / silicone coated

Wire length L

30 to 50 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

222 | 04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Dimensions

4

Mounting recommendation

Recommended materials for themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 223

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV
pre Turbo

Max. exhaust gas temperaturefor short time

≤ 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature (operating)≤ 650°C

Max. hexagon temperature forshort time

≤ 700°C

Max. temperature at weldingseam≤ 820°C (pre Turbo Version)Max. temperature difference between hexagon and weldingseam≤ 330°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature≤ 250°C

Connector temperature≤ 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Features

VariationsuApplication: lambda 0.65 to ∞u

Wide banduMax. exhaust gas temperature range 1,030°C for ashort timeuu1.) LSU ADV with automotive connector
Connector

1 928 404 682

Mating connector

F 02U B00 725-01

Pin 1

APE

Max. Hexagon temperature 700°C for a short time

Pin 2

IPN

Without trim resistance in connector

Pin 3

H-

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel). A version with a protection tube of Inconel
for pre-turbo-(supercharger) mounting is available.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU ADV is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU ADV capable of being used as auniversal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as
for other lambda ranges.
The LSU ADV has no trimming resistor inside the connector what results in just 5 connector pins. Comparedto LSU 4.9, the LSU ADV has a wider working temperature range.
LSU ADV operates only in combination with a special
evaluation unit used in lambda control unit LT4 ADV.
You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Data
Logging Systems/Sensor Interfaces.

Pin 4

Uh+ / H+

Pin 5

RE

Pin 6

nc

Wire length L

95.0 cm

Application

2.) LSU ADV pre Turbo with automotive connector
Connector

1 254 488 136

Mating connector

on request

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

VM/IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H+

Pin 5

UN / RE

Pin 6

nc

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞3.) LSU ADV (pre Turbo) with motorsports connector

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Connector

AS 6-07-35PA

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SA

Pin 1

Uh+ / H

Exhaust gas temperature (operating)≤ 930°C (≤ 980°C pre Turbo
Version)Pin 2

Uh- / H-

Pin 3

IP / APE

4224 | 04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Pin 4

VM / IPN

0,23080

1,260

1,743

1,614

Pin 5

UN / RE

0,36000

1,430

1,879

1,678

Pin 6

nc

0,40148

1,500

1,922

1,699

0,52000

1,700

2,047

1,758

0,54740

1,780

2,076

1,771

0,77000

2,430

2,310

1,881

5,000

2,973

2,193

Please specify the required wire length with your order (ADV pre Turbo max. 33 cm/ADV max. 90 cm).

Mechanical Data

4

Weight w/o wire

120 g

1,40000

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen
content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used
for lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

Electrical Data

Heater Strategy

Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

8.7 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 ΩMax current load for Nernst cell

≤ 80 µA

Switch-on time

≤5s

Effective heater voltage
UH,effmax. 8 s

12 V

application specific

9V

1,5 s
max.
ramp rate= 0,3 V /soperating point
reachedHeater power reduced
during condensationwater phase

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8-0.652 ± 0.032 mA

Accuracy at lambda 1-0.018 ± 0.008 mA

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

0.515 ± 0.022 mA

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8-1,38000

0,650

0,048

0,817

-1,11000

0,700

0,332

0,950

-0,88000

0,750

0,574

1,064

-0,65000

0,800

0,816

1,178

1,8 ... 2 V

t=0

0

5

10

15

20

t/s

Pressure Compensation
50∆Ip/Ip / %40

p0 = 1013 hPa

30
20
10
0
lambda > 1-0,47500

0,850

1,000

1,265

-10

lambda < 1-20-0,37000

0,880

1,111

1,317

-0,30000

0,900

1,184

1,351

-0,16000

0,950

1,332

1,421

-0,07600

0,980

1,420

1,462

Connectors and Wires-0,04800

0,990

1,449

1,476

Connector

Please see variations-0,02000

1,000

1,479

1,490

Mating connector

Please see variations

0,01167

1,030

1,512

1,506

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated0,03278

1,050

1,534

1,516

Wire size

AWG 24

0,06444

1,080

1,568

1,532

Wire length

Please see variations

0,08556

1,100

1,590

1,542

0,17000

1,180

1,679

1,584

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

-30
0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6

1,8
2,0
2,2
2,4
absolute pressure / bar

2,6

04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 225

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special evaluation unit used in lambda control unit LT4 ADV. You’ll find this unit andmore on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does notexceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV
Automotive connector, wire length 95 cm
Order number 0 258 027 010
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV
Motorsport connector, wire length customer specific(max. 90 cm)
Order number F 02U V01 861-01
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV pre Turbo
Automotive connector, wire length 37 cm
Order number 0 258 027 052
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV pre Turbo
Motorsport connector, wire length 33 cm
Order number F 02U V02 066-01

Dimensions

4226 | 04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Mounting recommendation

4

Recommended design of themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 227

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature≤ 700°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 150°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2 (see Installation
Notes)

4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
FeaturesWeight w/o wire

28 g

Thread

M16x1.5

uApplication: lambda 0.65 to ∞Wrench size

17 mm

u

Wide band

Tightening torque

60 Nm

u

Inconel sensor housinguExhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime < 1,030°C

uMax. Hexagon temperature 700°C

Electrical Data

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 is a planar
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being used asa universal sensor for lambda = 1 measurement as well
as for lean and rich ranges.
The connector housing contains a trimming resistor,
which defines the characteristic of the sensor. The main
benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.9 is its very compact design in
combination with the high Bosch production quality
standard. The Mini-LSU is produced and tested in a
handmade process.
The complete light weight housing is made of Inconel
which makes it resistant against high temperatures. The
sensor element is more than 50 % smaller than it is in
the production lambda sensor. It is connected over silver coated steel cables to make it more reliable against
vibrations.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Data Logging Systems/
Sensor Interfaces.

Application

Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage H+ (min)10.8 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency

100 HzNominal resistance of Nernst cell300 ΩMax. current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

228 | 04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

4

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

Connectors and Wires

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

Connector

1 928 404 682

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

Connector loom

on request

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

Pin 1

IP/APE

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

Pin 2

VM/IPN

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

Pin 3

Uh-/M-

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

Pin 4

Uh+/M+

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

Pin 5

IA/RT

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

Pin 6

UN/RE

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

Wire size

AWG 22

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used forlean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

Wire length L

30 to 100 cm

Heater Strategy

Installation Notes

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.

U
13 V

11.62 VThe lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture and which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.

= 0.15 V/s
7.53 V
1.5 V

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

Resistance/LSU Temperature

Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wire upwards).

R (Ohm)Temp (°C)

80

1030

150

888

200

840

250

806

300

780

350

761

400

744

450

729

550

703

Ordering Information

650

686

800

665

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9
Order number B 258 490 103-21

1000

642

1200

628

2500

567

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust system up stand and surrounding the sensor must be
sealed in order to avoid the effects of leakage air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water. The sensor is not to be
painted, nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment. Use
only the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
A higher maximum vibration profile is possible and should be determined by the customer’s individual application.

04 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 229

Dimensions

4
Mounting recommendation

Recommended materials for themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

230 | 04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 10

4Connectors and Wires
Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

Connector loom
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Features

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Measurement range 0 to 10 mm

Installation Notesu

Low power consumptionuCompact design

The LP 10 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

The LP 10 is a short length linear potentiometer which
is designed to measure the relative position of two
points, e.g. the stabilizer movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with a hard metal housing and low power consumption.

Application
Application

0 to 10 mm

Temperature range-20 to 85°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

70 gMin. length

50 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 NmElectrical Data
Power supply

5V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

20 %Non-linearity

1%

Max. current

1 mA

Optional mounting modifications are available.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Comes with a spring return shaft.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 10
Order number B 261 209 535-01

04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 231

Dimensions

4232 | 04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 25

4

Features

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05SA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05PA-HE

F 02U 000 232-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 20 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

uMeasurement range 0 to 25 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

The LP 25 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing andlow power consumption.

The LP 25 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Optional mounting modifications are available.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Comes with a spring return shaft.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 25
Order number B 261 209 547-01

Application
Application

0 to 25 mm

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

68 g

Min. length

147 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 233

Dimensions

4

234 | 04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V ± 0.5 V

Current IS< 15 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Characteristic
Temperature coefficient< ± 0.003 % FS/°C

Superior accuracy< ± 2.5 % FS

Other electrical stroke available on request.

4

FeaturesuLinear movement measurementuMeasurement range up to 25 mm

uSuperior accuracy < ± 2.5 %uOperating temperature -40 to 140°C

The sensor is designed to measure linear movement,
e.g. the stabilizer bar movement. The electronic is designed with a stainless steel magnetic shaft with Hall element. The Hall element is disposed between two magnets in association with a movable specially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage
dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsports
applications.

Application
Measurement range

Up to 25 mm

Operating temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 6-03-03 PA-HE

Connector loom ASU 0-03-03SA

F 02U 000 194-01

Pin 1

Power 5 V

Pin 2

GroundPin 3Signal 0.5 to 4.5 V

SleeveFDR-25

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

150 to 500 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes

Mechanical Data

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Weight w/o wire

21 g

The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.

Protection class

IP68 & IP69K

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Mounting

2 x M3

Shaft bearing life

25 million cycles

Sensor is at mid point of electrical stroke when the tip of the shaft isexactly 34 mm away from the housing. Please refer this in the offer
drawing.

Housing

Glass filled polymer

Shaft

Stainless steel 303

The sensor is also ferromagnetic sensitive. Please make sure themounting material is not ferromagnetism. This can lead to inaccurate
measurement.

04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 235

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H
Order number F 02U V02 008-01

Dimensions

4236 | 04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor
LP 25 twin

4

Featuresu

Measurement range 0 to 25 mmuDouble outputuAluminum housing

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

Pin 1

US 1

Pin 2

Gnd 1

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

US 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

The LP 25 twin is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the relative position of two points,
e.g. the gear position, throttle position or suspension
movement and for use in electronic throttle control systems.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving ends to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

Application
Application

0 to 25 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

60 gMin. length

95 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %The LP 25 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure systemruns failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 25 twin
Order number B 261 209 858-01

04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 237

Dimensions4

238 | 04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 50

Resistance tolerance

20 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Max. current

1 mA

Connectors and Wires

4

Connector (see Ordering Information)

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

Connector loom
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Or

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 50 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

The LP 50 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional
to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

Application

Connector (see Ordering Information)

KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN

Connector loom
KPTA 2E6-4S-C-DN

F 02U 000 105-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 50 can be connected directly to the most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.

Application

0 to 50 mm

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Temperature range-40 to 105°C

Storage temperature range-55 to 125°C

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 at 10 to 500 Hz

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 50
Connector KPSE 6E8-33P-DN
Order number B 261 209 133-01

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

27 gMin. length

172 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP64

Max. shaft velocity

1.5 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

42 V

Nominal resistance

4.7 kΩ

Linear Position Sensor LP 50
Connector KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN
Order number B 261 209 136-01

04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 239

Dimensions4240 | 04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor
LP 50 twin

4

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 50 mm

uDouble outputuAluminum housing

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

Pin 1

US 1

Pin 2

Gnd 1

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

US 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

The LP 50 twin is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the relative position of two points,
e.g. the gear position, throttle position or suspension
movement and for use in electronic throttle control systems.
It works base on the linear tape potentiometer principle
where the distance traveled between the moving end to
the wiper is proportional to the resistance between
them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

Application
Application

0 to 50 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

66 gMin. length

120 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

< 45 V

Nominal resistance2 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %The LP 50 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure systemruns failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 50 twin
Order number B 261 209 859-01

04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 241

Dimensions

4

242 | 04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 75

4

Features

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

uMeasurement range: 0 to 75 mm

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Aluminum housing

Installation Notesu

Low power consumption

The LP 75 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with hard metal housing and low power consumption.

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Temperature range

40 to 85°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

78 gMin. length

223.6 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance3 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %The LP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 75
Order number B 261 209 856-01

04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 243

Dimensions

4244 | 04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 75F

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Connector loom
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Features

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Measurement range: 0 to 75 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Installation Notes
The LP 75F can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

The LP 75F is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional
to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

78 gMin. length

223.6 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance3 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 75F
Order number B 261 209 852-01

04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 245

Dimensions

4246 | 04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 100

Non-linearity

0.15 %

Power supply

5V

Connectors and Wires

4
Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 100 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

The LP 100 is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

Application
Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

98 g

Min. length [L1]

227 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Nominal resistance4 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 100 can be connected directly with most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 100
Order number B 261 209 857-01

04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 247

Dimensions

4248 | 04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor
LP 100F

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Connector loom
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Features

Installation Notesu

Measurement range: 0 to 100 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

The LP 100F is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range.

Application
Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 gMin. length [L1]

220 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Nominal resistance4 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 100F
Order number B 261 209 853-01

04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 249

Dimensions

4250 | 04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 150

4
Features

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cmu

Measurement range: 0 to 150 mm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

uAluminum housing

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Low power consumption

Installation Notes

The LP 150 is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution

The LP 150 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 150
Order number B 261 209 534-01

Application
Application

0 to 150 mm

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

118 gMin. length

282 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

130 V

Nominal resistance

6 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

04 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 251

Dimensions

4252 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

± 1.36 %Sensitivity

4,048 mV/bar

1,848 mV/bar

Offset-4.8 mV

30.4 mV

Mechanical Data

4

Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max. power supply

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

CharacteristicuAbsolute air pressure measurements

Response time T10/90

1 ms

u

Measurement range 0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 2.5
barCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Analog output

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variationsuTolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronic systems for signal-amplificationand temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Two different pressure ranges are available (0.1 to 1.15
bar or 0.2 to 2.5 bar).
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.

Tolerance 0.1 to 1.15 bar

Application
Application

Please see variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

280 m/s2 at 200 Hz, 125 m/s2 at
440 Hz, sine

Technical Specifications
Variations

Tolerance (FS) at US=5V

PSA-B (0.1 to 1.15
bar)

PSA-B (0.2 to 2.50
bar)

± 0.016 bar± 0.034 bar

Tolerance 0.2 to 2.5 bar

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 253

Expansion of Tolerance

Accessories
Adapter for PSA-C
Order number B 261 209 725-01

4Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSA-B is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B
0.1 to 1.15 bar
Order number B 261 209 702-01
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B
0.2 to 2.5 bar
Order number B 261 209 710-01

254 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Dimensions

53.4

L

41

23

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

±0.3

4

26
4.4

12.7

45

4 ±0.2

14.7

6.6

20

11.85

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 255

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C

Tolerance (FS)± 1.33 %± 1.36 %Sensitivity

5,000 mV/bar

1,848 mV/bar

Offset-600 mV

30 mV

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

6 mm

Weight w/o wire

40 g

4

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
FeaturesResponse time T10/90

10 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

uAbsolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.2 to 1.05 bar or 0.2 to 2.5
barTolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variationsuAnalog output

Sensitivity

Please see variationsuExternal tube connector

OffsetPlease see variations

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronics for signal-amplification andtemperature-compensation. Air pressure is supplied tothe sensor via a tube connector. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and alow price.

Tolerance 0.2 to 1.05 bar

Application
Application

Please see Ordering information

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

20 m/s2 at 10 to 1,000 Hz

Tolerance 0.2 to 2.50 bar

Technical Specifications
Variations

Tolerance (FS) at US=5V

PSA-C (0.2 to 1.05
bar)

PSA-C (0.2 to 2.50
bar)

± 0.014 bar± 0.034 bar

256 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Expansion of Tolerance

4
Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector
3-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 289-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Installation Notes
The PSA-C is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
Avoid liquid entering the measuring cell.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C
0.2 to 1.05 bar
Order number 0 261 230 037
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C
0.2 to 2.50 bar
Order number 0 281 002 389

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 257

Dimensions

4258 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.028 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

2,236 mV/bar

Features(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)uAbsolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.1 to 2.0 baruAnalog output

This sensor is designed for precise measurements of absolute air pressure, especially the air box and boostpressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronics for signal-amplification andtemperature-compensation. The output of the sensor isan analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and an
individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with acalibration sheet to enable very small measurement tolerances.

Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Tolerance

Application
Application

0.1 to 2.0 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

280 m/s2 at 200 Hz, 125 m/s2 at
440 Hz, sine

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12,05 mm

176 mV

Expansion of Tolerance

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 259

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire Size

AWG 24

Wire Length L

15 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSB-2 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-lowpass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
To optimise the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration data
sheet is delivered with each sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2
Order number B 261 209 337-01

4

260 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Dimensions

53.4

L

41

23

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

26
4.4

12.7

45

7.5

4

14.7

7.4

11.85

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 261

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

4

Characteristic

Featuresu

Absolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.5 to 4.0 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

0 to 80°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.056 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1,143 mV/bar(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Offset-71 mV(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Tolerance

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box and boost pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines over a wide range.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element, electronics for signal-amplification and temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and an
individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with acalibration sheet to enable very small measurement tolerances. Furthermore the sensor has a very short response time.

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.5 to 4 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

6 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

20 m/s2 at 10 to 1,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

262 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

4

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSB-4 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please note that the 6mm tube connector has no function.
To optimize the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration sheet
is delivered with each sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System www.bosch-motorsport.com

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Order number B 261 209 348-01

Dimensions

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 263

Pressure Sensor Air PSP

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

4

Characteristic

Featuresu

Absolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.2 to 3.0 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and an electronic for signal-amplification andtemperature compensation. The output of the sensor isan analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.042 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1,518 mV/bar

Offset96 mVTolerance

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.2 to 3 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz

Connectors and Wires

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mounting

M6

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Fitting

12.05 mm

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

264 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

4

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSP is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSP
Order number B 261 209 690-01

Dimensions

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 265

Pressure Sensor Air PST

Weight w/o wire

30 g

SealingO-ring 13.95 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic Application 1

Featuresu

Absolute air pressure and temperature measurementsu

Measurement range 0.1 to 1.15 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure and air temperature, especially the air box pressureof gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element, electronics for signal-amplification and temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal. An NTC resistance is used fortemperature measurements.
The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two
functions (air pressure and air temperature) in one
housing. A further benefit of the PST is the high qualityof the series part at a low price.

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.016 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.39 %Sensitivity

4,047 mV/bar

Offset-4.76 mV

Tolerance

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application 1

0.1 to 1.15 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 125°C

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz
sine

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

18 mm

Characteristic Application 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

4

266 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

4

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

25

2,057

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

Ordering Information

60

596

70

436

Pressure Sensor Air PST
Order number 0 261 230 022

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm

Tolerance

5%

Response time tau 63

45 s at air ; v = 6 m/s

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

NTC

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

Pressure Sig

Pin 5

-

Installation Notes
The PST is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.

For the temperature measurement, a 1 kOhm pull-up at 5 V is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 267

Dimensions

4268 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

4

Response timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US =5V

400 mV/bar

Offset

100 mV at US = 5 V

100 mV

Pin 1

-

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Sig

Pin 4

US

-

Pin 5

-

-

Mechanical Data

Features

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g
O-ring 8.1 x 1.6 mm

uAbsolute fluid pressure measurements

Sealingu

Measurement range 0 to 10 bar

Electrical Datau

Analog output

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Application

0 to 10 bar (a)Sensitivity

Please see variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

OffsetPlease see variations

Max. pressure

20 barConnectors and Wires

Operating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

SleeveDR-25

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Technical Specifications

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Variations
PSC-10 (5 V)

PSC-10 (12 V)

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

9 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometric

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 269

Installation Notes
The PSC-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F 02U V01 268-01
PSC-109 to 30 V
Order number F 02U V01 295-01

M10x1

Dimensions

9.5
12

11
12

4

270 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260

Installation torque22 Nm in steel
32.5 Nm in aluminum

Weight w/o wire

35,2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratio metric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurementuMeasurement range 0 to 260 baru

For gasoline, Diesel, oil or brake fluiduRobust and compact designuHigh robustness against vibrations

The PSC-260 is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications. Thissensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve highaccuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges are hermetically welded with stainless steel pressure ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independentmeasurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy,
its wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design.

Application

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance10 Ω

Tolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Sensitivity

15 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application

0 to 260 bar (a)SleeveDR-25

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Wire size

AWG 24Max. pressure

320 barWire length L

13 to 95 cm

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

The PSC-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.

Max. vibration

560 m/s2 at 800 to 900 Hz
350 m/s2 at 1.000 to 2.500 Hz

The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Installation Notes

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Please consider using the adapter F 02U 002 711-01.

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 271

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Order number F 02U V00 990-02
Accessories
Adapter for PSC-260
Order number F 02U 002 711-01

Dimensions

Sensor

Adapter4272 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

Vibration

2 g (10 Hz to 60 Hz) and 20 g
(60 Hz to 1 KHz)

Shock (1/2 sine)

50 g (11 ms) and 200 g (6 ms)

Weight (without cable)

13 g + 20 g per meter of cable

Electrical Data

4
Features

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4V ± 50 mVMax Current< 8 mA

Supply Voltage

8 to 32 V DC

Non-Repeatability± 0.05 % FSO typ.

CNL & H± 0.25 % FSO

Bandwidth (-3 dB)

400 Hz
0.5 to 4.5 V = 4 V ± 50 mVuAbsolute fluid pressure measurements

Output “FSO”

uMeasurement range versions 3.5 to 700 bar

CharacteristicuHigh robustness against vibrations

Compensated range

20 to 120 °C

uCompact design

Thermal Zero Shift “TZS”

uAnalog output± 1 % FSO/100 °C (± 2 %FSO/100 °C for ranges ≤ 10 bar
or 150 psi)

Thermal Sensitivity Shift “TSS”± 1 %/100 °C (± 1.5 %/100 °C
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as a force
collector. The force is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of
noncompressible silicone oil. The housing is welded hermetically.
An individual calibration sheet will be delivered witheach sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.

Application
Pressure Measurement range
versions

3.5 to 700 bar

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Operating temp. range-40 to 150 °C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 max at 5 to 10,000
Hz (sine)

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Mechanical Data

Installation Notes

Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

11 mm

The PSM-SA can be connected directly to most control units.

Installation torque

2.5 Nm (5 Nm max.)

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Weight w/o wire

13 g

SealingO-ring 6.35 x 1.6 VITON

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Ingress Protection

IP66

100 % relative humidity is possible.

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 273

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 3.5 bar
Order number F 02U V01 946-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 6 bar
Order number F 02U V01 947-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 10 bar
Order number F 02U V01 948-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 20 bar
Order number F 02U V01 949-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 35 bar
Order number F 02U V01 950-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 60 bar
Order number F 02U V01 951-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 70 bar
Order number F 02U V01 724-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 100 bar
Order number F 02U V01 952-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 200 bar
Order number F 02U V01 953-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 350 bar
Order number F 02U V01 954-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 700 bar
Order number F 02U V02 064-01

4274 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 275

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSMSATTechnical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

12 mm

Installation torque

2.5 Nm (5 Nm max.)

Weight (without cable)

15 g + 20 g per meter of cable

SealingO-ring 6.35 x 1.6 VITON

Ingress Protection

IP66

Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage

8 to 32 V DC

Max current< 8 mA

Non-Repeatability± 0.05 % FSO typ.

uPressure and temperature measurement

CNL & H± 0.25 % FSO

uPressure measurement range versions 3.5 to 700
bar

Bandwidth (-3 dB)

400 HzOutput “FSO”

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4 V ± 50 mVuOperating temperature < 150°C

Zero offset at 23 °CuMiniature design (body Ø 12 mm)

0.5 V ± 50 mV (0.5 ± 100 mV
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)u

Any fluid or air media compatible with stainless
steel

Characteristic
Compensated range

20 to 120°C

The ultra miniature pressure transducer with platinum
RTD is a sensor to sense media temperature. It is a 100% stainless steel welded construction with an amplified
output. This sensor is designed for severe environment
where minimum size and weight are required.

Long term stability

Offset = 0.1 % span/year;
Span = 0.1 %/year

Zero offset at 23 °C

0.5 V ± 50 mV (0.5 ± 100 mV
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Application

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)Pressure measurement range
versions

3.5 to 700 bar

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Pressure overload (rated pressure)

2 x FS (700 bar: 1.5 x FS)

Burst pressure (rated pressure)

3 x FS (700 bar: 2 x FS)

Operating temp. range
Thermal zero shift “TZS”

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

-40 to 150°C

Pin 2

Gnd

± 1 % FSO/100°C (± 2 % FSO/
100°C for ranges ≤ 10 bar or
150 psi)

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

SleeveViton

1,000 Ohms Platinum DIN EN
60751
63 % response time : 3 s max.

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Vibration

2 g (10 Hz to 60 Hz) and 20 g
(60 Hz to 1 KHz)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Shock (1/2 sine)

50 g (11 ms) and 200 g (6 ms)

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Thermal sensitivity shift “TSS”
Temperature sensor RTD± 1 %/100°C (± 1.5 %/100°C for
ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

4276 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSM-SAT can be connected directly to most control units.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 3.5 bar
Order number F 02U V01 955-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 6 bar
Order number F 02U V01 956-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 10 bar
Order number F 02U V01 980-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 20 bar
Order number F 02U V01 957-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 35 bar
Order number F 02U V01 958-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 60 bar
Order number F 02U V01 962-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 100 bar
Order number F 02U V01 964-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 200 bar
Order number F 02U V01 965-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 350 bar
Order number F 02U V01 966-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 700 bar
Order number F 02U V02 065-01

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 277

Dimensions

4278 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10

Response timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5V

400 mV/bar

Offset

100 mV at US=5 V

100 mV

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-1

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 334-01

Mechanical Data

4

Features

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Datau

Absolute fluid pressure measurements

Power supply US

Please see variationsu

Measurement range 0.5 to 11.0 bar

Max power supply US max± 30 Vu

Analog output

Full scale output UA

Please see variationsuIntegrated series connector

Current IS

8 mA

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique.
These are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.

Application

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please variations

OffsetPlease variations

Connectors and Wires

Application

0.5 to 11 bar (a)Connector

Bosch Compact

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Mating connector

Please see variations

Max. pressure

20 bar

Pin 1

Gnd

Operating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Pin 2

Sig

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Pin 3

US

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Pin 4

-

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Pin 5

-

Max. vibration

100 m/s rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz
2

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes
The PSS-10 can be connected directly to most control units.

Variations

The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

PSS-10 (5 V)

PSS-10 (12 V)

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Full scale output UA

10 to 90% US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometric

Each mounting orientation is possible.

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 279

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 341-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
8 to 30 V
Order number B 261 209 064-01

Dimensions

4280 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R

4Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90% US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5V

400 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US=5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 334-01

Mechanical Data

Features

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

u

Relative fluid pressure measurements

Weight w/o wire

45 g

u

Measurement range 0 to 10 bar

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

uAnalog output

Electrical DatauIntegrated series connector

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil, air). The sensor
is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Application

0 to 10 bar (r)Sensitivity

Please see variations

Pressure reference typerelative

OffsetPlease see variations

Max. pressure

20 barConnectors and Wires

Operating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Technical Specifications

Pin 4

-

Variations

Pin 5

-

Operating temp.
range

PSS-10 (5 V)

PSS-10 (12 V)-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 281

Installation Notes
The PSS-10R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F 01T A21 312-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
8 to 30 V
Order number F 01T A21 307-01

Dimensions

4282 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-100R

4

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS-100R (5 V)

PSS-100R (12 V)

Operating temp.
range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

40 mV/bar at US = 5V

40 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

Features
Mechanical Datau

Relative fluid pressure measurementsuMale thread

M10x1

Measurement range 0 to 100 bar

Wrench size

17 mm

u

Analog output

Installation torque

15 Nm

u

Integrated series connector

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main feature of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application
Application

0 to 100 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

200 barOperating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 283

Installation Notes
The PSS-100R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 347-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
8 to 30 V
Order number F 01T A21 310-01

Dimensions

4284 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-250R

4Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

16 mV/bar at US = 5V

16 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 334-01

Mechanical Data

Features

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mmuRelative fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0 to 250 baruAnalog output

Electrical DatauIntegrated series connector

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low priceApplication

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS)± 2.5 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Application

0 to 250 bar (r)Sensitivity

Please see variations

Pressure reference typerelative

OffsetPlease see variations

Max. pressure

500 barConnectors and Wires

Operating temp. range

Please see variations

Connector

Bosch Compact

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Mating connector

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Pin 1

Gnd

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Pin 2

Sig

Max. vibration

100 m/s rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Pin 3

US

Technical Specifications

Pin 4

-

Variations

Pin 5

-

Operating temp.
range

2

PSS-250R (5 V)

PSS-250R (12 V)-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 285

Installation Notes
The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 965-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
8 to 30 V
Order number B 261 209 067-01

Dimensions

4286 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260

Weight w/o wire

35.2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic
Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance10 Ω

Tolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurement

Sensitivity

15 mV/bar at US = 5 VuMeasurement range 0 to 260 bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 VuFor gasoline, Diesel, oil or brake fluid

Connectors and Wiresu

Robust and compact design

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 366-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

The PSS-260 is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications. Thissensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve highaccuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges are hermetically welded with stainless steel pressure ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independentmeasurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy,
its wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design.

Application

Installation Notes
The PSS-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Application

0 to 260 bar (a)Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Max. pressure

320 barPlease consider using the adapter F 02U 002 711-01.

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Max. vibration

127 m/s2 RMS at 800 to 2,500
Hz

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Order number 0 261 545 030

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Accessories

Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque22 Nm in steel
32.5 Nm in aluminum

Adapter for PSC-260
Order number F 02U 002 711-01

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 287

Dimensions

4

Sensor

Adapter

288 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque11.5 Nm

SealingO-ring 13.95 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic 1

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure and temperature measurementsuPressure measurement range 0.5 to 6.0 baruTemperature measurement range -40 to 125°Cu

Analog output

Response time T10/90

1 ms

Output load

10 kΩ

Sensitivity

727 mV/bar

Offset

136 mV

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,303-30

26,108-20

15,458This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure
and temperature of various kinds of fluids e.g. Diesel,
gasoline, oil or transmission oil.
The PST-F is equipped with a piezo-resistive pressure
sensor element integrated in a silicon chip together withsignal processing electronics. The active surface of thischip is exposed to a reference vacuum. The temperature
sensor element is an NTC-resistor.
The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two
functions (fluid pressure and fluid temperature) in one
housing.

-10

9,395

0

5,671

10

3,791

20

2,499

30

1,706

40

1,174

50

834

Application

60

595

70

436

80

322

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

125

100

Response Time tau 63

45 s in air; v = 6 m/s

Application 1

0.5 to 6 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 125°C

Referenceabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Biofuel compatibility

E22, M15

Max. vibration

40 m/s2 at 1 to 250 Hz
60 m/s2 at 250 to 2,600 Hz
40 m/s2 at 2,600 to 3,200 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6

Weight without wire

30 g

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 289

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter is recommended.
(R = 21 kΩ, C = 100 nF)
For the temperature measurement, a 1 kΩ pull-up at 5 V is recommended.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Tolerance

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F
Order number 0 261 230 147

Expansion of Tolerance

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

NTC

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

Pressure Sig

4290 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 291

Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2

Installation torque

40 Nm

Sealing

Sealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

4

Characteristic 1
Response time T10/90

Pressure: 0.2 to 0.8 ms
Temperature: 9 s (response timeof temperature signal in oil dip
bath 20 to 100°C)

Compensated range-40 to 130°C

Tolerance (FS) at US+/- 1 % at 0 to 100°C+/- 1.5 % at -40 to 0°C and 100
to 130°C

Sensitivity

14.3 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure and temperature measurementsuPressure measurement range 0 to 280 baruTemperature measurement range -40 to 140°C

This sensor is designed to measure absolute gasoline
pressure and gasoline temperature in direct injection
systems.
The pressure measurement is based on the expansion ofa steel diaphragm, where strain gauges are placed to a
Wheatstone bridge. The measured signal is proportional
to the pressure and is processed in an application specific integrated circuit.
The temperature measurement is conducted by an NTC
thermistor. The main feature of this sensor is its compact design and the integration of two functions (temperature and pressure measurements) in a common
housing.

Application
Application 1

0 to 280 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 140°C

Reference

Absolute

Max. pressure

340 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-40 to 60°C

Biofuel compatibility

E26, E85

Max. vibration

210 m/s2 at 147 to 1,350 Hz
175 m/s2 at 1,350 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Weight without wire

36 g

Wrench size

27 mm

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ω]-40

243,241-30

135,753-20

78,716-10

47,258029,287

10

18,68420

12,240

30

8,218

40

5,642

50

3,955

60

2,826

70

2,055

80

1,519

90

1,141

100

868.4

110

669.9

120

523.2

130

413.3

140

330.0

292 | 04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

F 02U B00 596-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

NTC

Pin 4

US

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
For temperature measurement please use a pull-up resistor with an
optimal value of 4.6 kOhm.
Please note that using the adapter F 02U 002 956-01 in connection
with the PST-F 2 the ambient conditions could be changed (e.g. medium temperature dissipation or undesired vibrations).
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2
Order number 0 261 B21 023-00
Accessories
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 Adapter
Order number F02U 002 956-01

04 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 293

Dimensions

4
Sensor

Adapter

294 | 04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor RP 50M/130-M/350-M

Connector

ASL
6-06-05PAHE

KPTA
6E6-4P-C-DN

ASL
6-06-05PAHE

Mating connectorASL
0-06-05SAHEF 02U 000
226-01KPTA
1E6-4S-C-DN
F 02U 000
108-01ASL
0-06-05SAHEF 02U 000
226-01

Mechanical Data

4

Weight w/o wire

38 g

Protection class

IP66

Mounting

2 x M4

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance

Please see Variations

Current IS

1 μA
Please see VariationsuRotational movement measurement

Max. allowable contact currentu

Measurement range: 0 to 50°, 0 to 130° or 0 to
350°

CharacteristicuRobust aluminum housinguWide operating temperature range

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.

These sensors are designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housings and the bearings are made of high temperature resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensors are fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of these sensors is the combination ofhigh accuracy, very robust aluminum housing and motorsport spec connection.

Application
Measuring range

Please see Variations

Operating temperature range-55 to 125°C

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

Mating connector

Please see Variations

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes

Variations
RP 50-M

RP 130-M

RP 350-M

Measuringrange

0 to 50°

0 to 130°

0 to 350°

Total resistance

3 kΩ

4 kΩ

8 kΩ

Max. allowablecontact current

1 mA

10 mA

1 mA

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 295

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-M
Order number B 261 209 571-01
Rotary Potentiometer RP 130-M
Order number B 261 209 576-01
Rotary Potentiometer RP 350-M
Order number B 261 209 573-01

Dimensions

4296 | 04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor RP 86

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires

4

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementuMeasurement range: 0 to 86°uCompact design

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 334-01

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and extremely short dimensions

Application

The sensor has an internal mechanical stop and a Ø 14.65x2 sealing.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Application

0 to 86°

Angle between internal mechanical stops

95°

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

700 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

26 g

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

2 x 106 rotations

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

2 kΩ ±20 %Current Is

18 µA

Rotary Position Sensor RP 86
Order number 0 280 122 016

04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 297

Dimensions

4298 | 04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor MiniRP 100-M

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply<15 VTotal resistance

1.5 kΩ ± 20%

Current Is

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

1 mA

Characteristic

4

Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)GnduRotational movement measurement

Pin 3 (C)Sigu

Measurement range: 0 to 100°

Pin 4 (D)-uCompact design

Pin 5 (E)-u

Robust housing

SleeveDR-25

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofhigh accuracy, motorsports spec connection and a verysmall and robust aluminum housing.

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Application

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Application

0 to 100°

Operating temperature range-55 to 125°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Technical Specifications

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Mechanical Data

Ordering Information

Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 100-M
Order number B 261 209 587-01

04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 299

Dimensions

4300 | 04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor
RP 100/130/308

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

Please see variations

Current Is

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementuMeasurement range: 0 to 100°, 0 to 130° or 0 to308°uWide operating temperature range

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)

Gnd

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofboth high accuracy and motorsports spec connection.

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Application

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application

Please see variations

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Technical Specifications

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Variations
RP 100RP 130RP 308

Measuring range

0 to 100°

0 to 130°

0 to 308°

Total resistance

3 kΩ ± 20 %3 kΩ ± 20 %5 kΩ ± 20 %Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 301

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100
Order number B 261 209 127-01
RP 130Order number B 261 209 128-02
RP 308Order number B 261 209 570-01

Dimensions

4302 | 04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor
RP 100 twin

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

3 kΩ ±20 %Current IS

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic

4

Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request
Redundancy

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementu

Dual output

uMeasurement range: 0 to 100°uWide operating temperature range

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. gearbox position or throttle angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the extremely high reliability through the redundant sensor design.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Mating connector
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig1

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

Gnd

Pin 6

Sig2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Technical Specifications

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Mechanical Data

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Application
Application

0 to 100°

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Weight w/o wire

32 g

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Protection class

IP65

Installation Notes

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Housing

Synthetic material

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 303

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (www.boschmotorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100 twin
Order number B 261 209 591-02

Dimensions

4304 | 04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor
RP 345-M

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance

5 kΩ ±20 %Current Is

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic

4

Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

uRotational movement measurement

Pin 1 (A)USu

Measurement range: 0 to 345°

Pin 2 (B)GnduRobust aluminum housing

Pin 3 (C)Sigu

Wide operating temperature range

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing is made of shock resistant aluminum. The internal is made of high temperature resistant synthetic material. The mounting plate is protected with a metal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in ashrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofboth high accuracy and very tough aluminum housing.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Application
Application

0 to 345°

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Max. vibration

200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

2

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor RP 345-M
Order number F 01T A21 400-01

04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 305

Dimensions4306 | 04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor MiniRP 360-H

Lifetime

500 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V ± 0.5 V

Current IS< 15 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Characteristic

4

Max. rotation speed

600 min-1

Temperature coefficient< ± 0.003 % FS/°C

Superior accuracy< ± 0.25 % FS

Direction of rotation

Clockwise

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementuMeasurement range 360°uOperating temperature -40 to 150°C

uSuperior accuracy < ± 0.25 % FS

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
The electronic is designed with a magnetic rotary sensor
with Hall elements and digital signal processing. The angular position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated in the sensor shaft. A Hall effect sensor is disposed
between two magnets in association with a movablespecially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications. Other measurement ranges are available on
request.

Application
Measurement range

360°

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 6-03-03 PA-HE

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-03SA

F 02U 000 194-01

Pin 1

Power 5 V

Pin 2

GroundPin 3Signal 0 to 5 V

SleeveFDR-25

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

10 to 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Technical Specifications

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Mechanical Data

Installation Notes

Weight w/o wire

22 g

Protection class

IP68 & IP69K

Mounting

2 x M3The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.

04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 307

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit arealigned as shown in the offer drawing.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 360-H
Order number F 02U V01 914-01

Dimensions

4

A
C

D

C

A

D

308 | 04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor
RP 360-H

Lifetime

20 x 106 operations of ±75°

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V regulated
9 V to 30 V unregulated

4Max. power supply

30 V

Total resistance

10 kΩ

Current Is< 12.5 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Output voltage range

0.5 to 4.5 V

Output load

10 kΩ

Characteristic

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementuHall effect technologyuMeasurement range: 0 to 360°u

Analogue output 0.5 to 4.5 V

Max. rotation speed

600 min-1

Temp. coefficient< 30 ppm/°K in 5 V supply mode

< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V supply mode

< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V supply mode

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
The electronic is designed with a magnetic rotary sensor
with Hall elements and digital signal processing. The angular position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated in the sensor shaft. A Hall effect sensor is disposed
between two magnets in association with a movablespecially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications. Other measurement ranges are available on
request.

Application

Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Application

0 to 360°

Pin 1 (A)US

Operating temperature range-40 to 140°C (5 V supply)

Pin 2 (B)

Gnd

Storage temperature range-55 to 140°C

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 22

Wire length L

16 cm

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

< 35 gProtection class

IP68

Mounting

2 x M4

04 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 309

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit arealigned as shown in the offer drawing.
Operating temperature range for unregulated supply: -40 to 137°C (9V supply). Derate upper temperature limit by 0.57°C for every 1 V increase in supply, e.g. -40 to 125°C at 30 V.
Both rotation directions and other measurement ranges are available
on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor RP 360-H
Order number F 02U V00 641-01

Dimensions

4310 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HAD 90

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

20 mA

Characteristic

4

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.0 % (≤ 6 kHz)< 1.5 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

Environment

Featuresu

Wheel/camshaft*/crankshaft speeduAlso available with 0°, 180° and 270° mounting positionuVery high precision measurementu

Self-learningu

Measuring of differences with 2 Hall sensors

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft*, crankshaft or wheel
speed), but it is not a “true power-on” sensor.
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-D 90, the magnetic field is modulated at
the place of the Hall probe.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
good detection of the falling edge, due to a differential
measuring method. This sensor is a combination of ahigh quality production part and robust design with asmall housing.
*: see Installation Notes

Application

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Application

Speed

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

SleeveDR-25

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.0 mm

Wire size

AWG 24Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩPlease specify the required wire length with your order.

Output type

Active highExternal magnetic fields≤ 50 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes
The HA-D 90 is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge of
two teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without rotationof the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of two teeth.
The HA-D 90 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target wheel.

Mounting

Screw 1 x M6

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 311

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
Order number F 02U V00 334-01

Dimensions

4

60-2 Teeth

312 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HADi

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 16 V (24 V for max. 5 min.)Current IS<20 mA

Power-on time

1 ms

Characteristic

4

Signal output width forward

37 to 53 μs (45)Signal output width backward

75 to 105 μs (90)

Accuracy (tolerance)±1.5° (for forward direction)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

Featuresu

Wheel / crankshaft speedu

Available with 0°, 90°, 180° and 270° mounting positionu

Detecting the rotational directionuSelf-learningu

Measuring of differences with 3 Hall sensors

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational wheel or crankshaft speed.
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-Di, the magnetic field of the built-in magnet is modulated at the place of the sensors diff.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the detection of the rotational direction.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz forward≤ 6 kHz backward

Target wheel air gap AG

Signal output width (forward: green, backward: red)
Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Alternative Target Wheel
Target wheel diameter

118 to 370 mm

Width of teeth b1

2.2 to 3.8 mm

0.4 to 1.2 mm

Width of gap b2≥4 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Depth of teeth h≥4 mm

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩTarget wheel width≥5 mmExternal magnetic fields≤ 100 mT

Relative magnetic permeability

μ (r) ≥1000

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Connectors and Wires

Technical Specifications

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mechanical Data

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

Screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

12 + 0.2 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 313

Pin 5

Nc

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The HA-Di is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge of trigger wheel teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without rotation of the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of twoteeth.
Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target wheel.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 0
Order number F 02U V01 802-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 90
Order number F 02U V01 803-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 180
Order number F 02U V01 804-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 270
Order number F 02U V01 805-01

4314 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Dimensions

4

Direction of rotation of the target wheel, View A

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 315460-2 Teeth

316 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M

Active high, without connector
Red

US

Black

Gnd

Green

Sig

Mechanical Data

4

FeaturesuCamshaft/crankshaft/wheel speeduMax. frequency 10 kHzu

Self-learningu

Active high/low programmableThis sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-M, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal. We offer
this sensor with two different types of output: Active
high and Active low.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connectors.

Application

Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

5.6 to 18 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 4 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < Us

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm

Application

Speed

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmMax. frequency≤10 kHz

Number of teeth

60-2

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Connectors and Wires

Temperature range- 40 to 160°C

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Pin layout

Please see Variations

Output type

Please see Ordering Information

SleeveDR-25

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Wire size

AWG 24Max. vibration

1,200 m/s at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

2

Technical Specifications

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Variations

Installation Notes

Active low with connector / active high with connector
Connector

ASU 6-03-03PN-HE

The HA-M can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-03SN-HE

F 02U 000 199-01

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 317

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
HA-M
Active low
Order number B 261 209 283-01
HA-M
Active highOrder number B 261 209 295-01
HA-M
Active high, without connector
Order number F 02U V00 627-01

Dimensions

60-2 Teeth

4

318 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P

Electrical Data
Power supply

4.5 to 24 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.5 % (≤6 kHz)< 2 % (≤10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment

4

Features

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mm60-2uCamshaft or Wheel speed

Number of teeth

u24.0 mm depth

Connectors and Wiresu

Robust design

Connector

1 928 404 227uActive low

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing.

Application

Installation Notes
The HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Application

Speed

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHzIf a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.4 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output type

Active low

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩMax. vibration

1,000 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Order number 0 232 103 037

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

70 g

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

18 mm

Installation depth L2

24 mm

Tightening torque8 Nm

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 319

Dimensions

4

60-2 Teeth

320 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HAP2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Bore diameter

15 mm

Installation depth L2

15 mm

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.75 to 18 V

Current Is

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of toothFeaturesu

Wheel/camshaft/crankshaft speedu

15 mm depthuVery small housinguu

up to 1.5 mm
up to 2.5 mm< 4 % (≤ 10 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Hirschmann 872-658-501
Cod.A

Very light weight

Mating connector

F 02U B00 520-01

Active low

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

Gnd

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-P2, the magnetic field is modulated at
the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part, robust design,
very small housing and low weight.

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmApplication

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm

Application

Depth of teeth h1

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Environment

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤10 kHzInstallation Notes

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 2.5 mm

Application Notes

Temperature range-40 to 160°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩThe HA-P2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields< 0.1 mTMax. vibration

400 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 321

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2
Order number 0 232 103 111

Dimensions

4

60-2 Teeth

322 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor MiniHA-P

Pin 1

US

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Mechanical Data

4

Weight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.5 mm

Installation depth L2

9 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

10 mA

CharacteristicuCamshaft or Wheel speeduMax. frequency ≤10 kHz

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤ 10 kHz)uHigh vibration resistance

Signal output

0.4 V to < USu

Low weight

Environmentu

Small housing

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the Mini-HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated
at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects
this change and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with a very small housing.

Connectors and Wires

Application

Connector

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L< 27 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Technical Specifications

The Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Variations

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

1 234 482 092

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U B00 555-01

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 323

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Mini-HA-P
ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Order number F 02U V00 564-02
Mini-HA-P
1 234 482 092
Order number F 02U V00 566-02

4

324 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 325460-2 Teeth

326 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor MiniHA-P sealed

4

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Without connector

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
F 02U 000 228-01

-

Pin 1

US

US (red)

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig (green)

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd (black)

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Mechanical Data

Featuresu

Wheel/camshaft/crankshaft speeduMax. frequency ≤10 kHz

uHigh vibration resistanceu

Very small housinguO-ring sealing

Weight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

16 mm

Installation depth L2

12 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft and wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the Mini-HA-P sealed, the magnetic field is
modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effectsensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output
signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and a robust design with a very small housing.

Application

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm

Application

Speed

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmMax. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Number of teeth

60-2

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L< 27 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 327

Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P sealed can be connected directly to most control units
and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini HA-P sealed
Motorsport connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Order number F 02U V00 500-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini HA-P sealed
Without connector
Order number F 02U V00 570-01

Dimensions

+0.1

4

328 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

460-2 Teeth

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 329

Inductive Speed Sensor IA

Electrical Data
Coil resistance

1,200 ΩInductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 VP-P

Environment

Featuresu

Crankshaft/wheel speedu32.2 mm depth/leaduBore diameter 12.5 mm

uMax. operating temperature 230°C

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, high temperature resistance. Additionally the installation depth canbe changed according to the customer request.

Connectors and Wires

Application

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE≤ 15 kHzMating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

F 02U 000 237-01

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Pin 1

-

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Pin 2

Gnd

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Pin 3

Sig

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Application

Speed

Max. frequency

Technical Specifications

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Sleeve

DR-25

Bore diameter

12.5 mmWire size

AWG 24Weight w/o wire

30 g

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Installation depth L2

32.2 mm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

330 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IA is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according tocustomer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Order number B 261 209 519-01

Dimensions

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 331460-2 Teeth

332 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C

Electrical Data
Coil resistance860 Ω ± 10 %Inductance max.

370 mH ± 15 %Output voltage max.

200 VP-P

Environment

4
Features

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmu

Crankshaft/wheel speed

Depth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

u24.0 mm, 315° depth/lead

Number of teeth

60-2

u

Bore diameter 18 mm

Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
It is available in a DR-25 sleeve with various connector
options.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, compact design.

Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

18 mm

Installation Notes

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

40 g

The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.

Installation depth L2

23.7 mm

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 333

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Order number 0 261 210 136

Dimensions

4

60-2 Teeth

334 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IS

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Installation depth L2

32.2 mmElectrical Data
Coil resistance

1,200 ΩInductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 V P-P

Environment

4

Featuresu

Crankshaft/wheel speedu32.2 mm depth/leaduBore diameter 12.5 mm

uMax. operating temperature 230°C

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, high temperature resistance. Additionally the installation depth canbe changed according to the customer request.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

12.5 mmTightening torque

8 Nm

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

F 02U 000 237-01

Pin 1

Nc

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 335

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according tocustomer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS
Order number B 261 209 517-01

Dimensions

60-2 Teeth

4

336 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C

Weight w/o wire

25 g

Installation depth L2

24.1 mmElectrical Data
Coil resistance340 Ω

Inductance max.

64 mH

Environment

4

Features

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wiresu

Crankshaft or Wheel speed

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HEu

3/8-24 UNF-2A THD

F 02U 000 237-01

uBore diameter 12.9 mm

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HEu

Metal housing

Pin 1

Nc

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part with very compact design,and high temperature resistance.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

Max. 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

12.9 mmTightening torque8 Nm

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 337

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
This sensor is also available with a M10x1 male thread.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C
Order number B 261 209 609-01

Dimensions

60-2 Teeth

4

338 | 04 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T

4

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Turbocharger speed

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

F 02U 000 237-01

uuMax. 15 mm depth/lead

Pin 1

Nc

u

Bore diameter 6.3 mm

Pin 2

GND

u

Metal housing

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed of a turbo charger.
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is robustness, a very
compact design and high temperature resistance.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

Speed

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 ± 0.1 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

6.3 mmTightening torque1.4 NmWeight w/o wire

14 g

Installation depth L2

20 mm

Installation Notes
This inductive speed sensor IS-T is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material by turbo charger.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Electrical Data
Coil resistance30 Ω

Inductance max.

2.6 mH

Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

04 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 339

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T
Order number B 261 209 662-01

Dimensions

4

60-2 Teeth

340 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M3HS

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau in still water63<4s

Characteristic Application

4

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

120

578.1

140

368.8

160

244.4

Technical Specifications

180

167.6

Mechanical Data

200

118.5

Featuresu

Wide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

u

Very short response timeuStrong protection against ambient temperatureuCompact design (Thread M3x1)

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact design
and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Male thread

M3x1

220

86.08

Wrench size

8 mm

240

64.08

Installation torque

1 Nm

260

48.76

Weight w/o wire

5g

280

37.86

Sealing

O-Ring 2.8 x 1.6 mm

300

29.94

Connectors and Wires

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Connector

ASX 6-02-03PB

Nominal resistance

10 kΩ

Mating connector
ASX 0-02-03SB

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 341

Pin 3

Sig+

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M3-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
NTC M3-HS
Order number F 02U V01 605-01

Dimensions

4342 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M5HS

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance

10 kΩCharacteristic

4

Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau in still water63<4s

Characteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087uWide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

027,936uVery short response time10

18,187uStrong protection against ambient temperature20

12,136uCompact and robust design25

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

120

578.1

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact design
and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300°C

140

368.8

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

160

244.4

Bio fuel compatibility

-

180

167.6

200

118.5

220

86.08

240

64.08

260

48.76

280

37.86

300

29.94

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M5x1

Wrench size

8 mm

Installation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

6g

Sealing

O-Ring 4 x 1 mm

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 343

4Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M5-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kΩ) .
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Order number F 02U V00 510-01

344 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 345

Temperature Sensor NTC M6HS

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3 °C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau 63 in still water<4s

Characteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936uWide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

1018,187uVery short response time20

12,136uStrong protection against ambient temperature25

10,000u

Robust design

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

180

167.6

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300 °C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust and compact design and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6x1

190

140.4

Wrench size

10 mm

200

118.5

Installation torque

8 Nm

210

100.7

Weight w/o wire

6.5 g

220

86.08

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

230

74.05

240

64.08

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

250

55.75

Nominal resistance at 25 °C

10 kΩ

260

48.76

4

346 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

270

42.87

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M6-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Order number F 02U V00 486-01

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 347

Dimensions

4348 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M8HS

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau in still water63<4s

Characteristic Application

4

Featuresu

Wide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

u

Very short response timeuStrong protection against ambient temperatureu

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust design
and its very short response time.

Application

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

Application-55 to 300°C

130

459.4

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

140

368.8

Bio fuel compatibility

-

150

298.9

Technical Specifications

160

244.4

Mechanical Data

170

201.6

Male thread

M8x1

180

167.6

Wrench size

12 mm

190

140.4

Installation torque

8 Nm

200

118.5

Weight w/o wire

8g

210

100.7

Sealing

O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

220

86.08

230

74.05

240

64.08

250

55.75

260

48.76

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance10 kΩ

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 349

270

42.87

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M8-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Order number F 02U V00 509-01

350 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 351

Temperature Sensor NTC M12

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in still water< 15 sCharacteristic Application

Featuresu

Measurement range: -40 to 130°C

u

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust compact design.

Application
Application-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

600 m/s2

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mmConnectors and Wires

Installation torque

25 Nm

Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Weight w/o wire

29 g
Not included

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 288-01

Sealing

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kΩ ± 5 %4352 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The NTC M12 can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging at our homepage.

4

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Order number 0 280 130 026

Dimensions

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 353

Temperature Sensor NTC M12H

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 0.8°C

Response time tau 63 in still water< 15 sCharacteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

u

Measurement range: -40 to 150°C

20

2,500

u

Robust design

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust compact design.

Application
Application-40 to 150°C

140

71

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

150

57

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

18 Nm

Weight w/o wire

28.3 g

Sealing

Al-washer

Electrical Data

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Characteristic

NTC

Mating connector
2-pole Compact

D 261 205 337-01

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kΩ ± 20°C

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

4

354 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Order number 0 281 002 170

Dimensions

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 355

Temperature Sensor NTC M12L

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response Time tau 63 in still water< 10 sCharacteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

u

Measurement range: -40 to 140°Cu

Air temperature measurement

30

1,707

u

Robust design

40

1,175

This sensor is designed to measure air temperature e.g.
in the air box or ambient temperature. The signal may
be used as a control value for engine control units or asa measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust and compact
design.

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Application

140

71

Application-40 to 140°C

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2 at 50 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24.6 g

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance ± 5%

2.5 kΩ at 20°C

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 288-01

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

4

356 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Order number 0 280 130 039

Dimensions

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 357

Temperature Sensor NTC M12Lw

Weight incl. wire

34.5 g

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance ± 5%

2.5 kΩ at 20°C

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response Time tau 63 in still water< 10 sCharacteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

u

Measurement range: -40 to 140°C

0

5,896

u

Air temperature measurement

10

3,792

u

Robust design

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

This sensor is designed to measure air temperature e.g.
in the air box or ambient temperature. The signal may
be used as a control value for engine control units or asa measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust and compact
design.

Application
Application-40 to 140°C

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2 at 50 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

15 Nm

4

358 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 288-01

Pin 1

NTC signal

Pin 2groundInstallation Notes

4

The NTC M12-Lw can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-Lw
Order number F 02U V00 259-01

Dimensions

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 359

Temperature Sensor PT 200E

Featuresu

Exhaust gas temperature measurementsuWide measurement range: -40 to 1,000°Cu

Short response time

The PT 200E is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,000°C.
The sensor element has a positive temperature coefficient. This means, that with increasing ambient temperature the conductivity decreases and the resistancerises. The opened housing exposes the sensor directly
into the gas flow in order to improve its performance.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust and compact design and its wide measurement range.

-25

181

0

201

25

220

50

239

75

257

100

276

150

313

200

349

250

385

300

420

350

454

400

488

450

521

500

554

550

586

600

618

650

649

700

679

750

709

800

738

850

767

900

795

Application
Application-40 to 1,000°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M14x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Weight w/o wire

55 g

Electrical Data
Characteristic

PTC

Characteristic

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

n.c.

Accuracy at -40 to 200°C

± 3°C

Pin 2

SIG+

Relative resistance tolerance at> 200°C± 1.5 %

Pin 3

SIG-

Pin 4

n.c.

Characteristic Application

Pin 5

n.c.

T [°C]R [Ω]Wire size

AWG 24-40

170

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

4

360 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Various motorsports and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
The PT 200E can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Please check the offer drawing for a correct mounting orientation.

4

Please use the mounting part for a correct fixation of the sensor (notincluded, available on request).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor PT 200E
Order number F 02U V00 811-01
Accessories
Temperature Sensor PT 200E Adapter
Order number F 02U 000 847-01

Dimensions

Sensor

Adapter

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 361

Temperature Sensors Infrared
TI-16-r/-s

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1 mmWrench size

14 mmLength housing

28 mm

Weight with wire 1 m

70 g

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 to 28 V

Max power supply US

28 V

Full scale output UA

0 to 5 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Non-contact temperature measurementuMeasurement range: 0 to 160°C

u

Analog output (0 to 5 V)uCompact size and robust housing

This infrared temperature sensor is designed for noncontact surface temperature measurement of various
parts (e.g. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR radiation.
Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics with internal
electronics and cabling packaged inside stainless steel
housing, this sensor measures the emitted infrared radiation of an object and calculates its temperature. The
output signal has a linear characteristic (temperature vs.
output voltage).
The main features of this sensor are its compact size,
robust design, and high signal quality at a low cost. In
addition, it offers the ability to change the temperature
range, the output voltage and emissivity by request.

Application

Emissivity (predefined)

Please see Variations

Optical resolution

10 : 1

Spectral range

8 to 14 µm

Compensated range-20 to 120°C

Temperature resolution at Tobj <
100°C

0.1°C

System accuracy at 23°C tamb or
max. value± 1.5°C or 1.5 %Repeatability at 23°C tamb or
max. value± 0.75°C or 0.75 %Sensitivity

31.25 mV/°C

Offset0 mVConnectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Prg

Pin 5

Scr

Application

0 to 160°C

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-20 to 120°C

Operating temp. range (electronics)-20 to 70°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 85°C

Relative humidity

10 to 95 %Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Max. vibration any axis

30 m/s2 at 11 to 200 Hz
500 m/s2, 11 ms shock

SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

70 to 100 cm

Technical Specifications
Variations

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
TI-16-r

TI-16-s

Optimized formeasuring of

RubberSteel

Emissivity (predefined)

0.95

0.80

4

362 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The TI-16 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The temperature measurement range can be changed anywhere in therange of -20°C to160°C per request.
The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.

4

To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch Motorsport for assistance.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification 89/336/EWG.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
To clean the lens, use only a soft, wet (water or water based glasscleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-16-r
Order number F 01T A21 207-01
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-16-s
Order number F 01T A21 209-01

Dimensions

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 363

Temperature Sensor Infrared
TI-20-r-8

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Protection class

IP64

Dimensions

31 x 17 x 11 mm

Weight without wire

15 g

Electrical Data
Power supply Us

6 to 16 V

Current IS

17 mA

Response time

260 ms at FS

Characteristic

Features

Emissivity for rubber

0.95

Optical resolution

6.5 : 1

Spectral range

8 to 14 µm

Resolution

0.1°C/bit

Accuracy at FS± 2.2°C or ± 1 % FS

Connectors and Wiresu

Non-contact temperature measurementuMeasurement range: -20 to 200°C

Connector

ASX 6-02-05PA-HEu

CAN protocol with 8 channels

Mating connector
ASX 0-02-05SA-HE

F 02U 0003 319-01

uCompact size and robust aluminum housing

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CAN H

Pin 4

CAN L

Pin 5

Not connected

This infrared temperature sensor is designed for noncontact surface temperature measurement of various
parts (e.g. tires) based on IR radiation.
Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics with internal
electronics and cabling packaged inside stainless steel
housing, this sensor measures the emitted infrared radiation of an object and calculates its temperature. The
output signal has a linear characteristic (temperature vs.
output voltage).
The main features of this sensor are its compact size,
robust design, and high signal quality at a low cost. In
addition, it offers the ability to change the temperature
range, the output voltage and emissivity by request.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveEPD 116760A

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

150-1000 mm

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Application-20 to 200°C

Measurement

8 channels in line

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-20 to 100°C

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration any axis

CAN Message
CAN ID 0x03F0
Byte

Value

-40 to 125°C

0Channel 1

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

1
2

Channel 2

3
4

Channel 35
6Channel 44364 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

7

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

CAN ID 0x03F4
Byte

Value

0

Channel 5

Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-20-r-8
Order number F 02U V02 040-01

1
2Channel 63

44Channel 756Channel 8

7

CAN Parameters
Byte order

MSB (Motorola)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s (default 1 Mbaud)

Bit mask

Unsigned

Frequency

10 Hz or 1 Hz on request (default 10 Hz)

Please specify the requested frequency and CAN speed with your order

Measurement Distance
Distance (mm)⌀ target per channel(mm)

Total width (mm)

200

30

152

300

45

228

400

60

304

500

75

380

600

90

456

700

105

532

Please specify the requested measurement distance with your order.

Installation Notes
The TI-20-r-8 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
To clean the lens, use only a soft, wet (water or water based glasscleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner!

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 365

Dimensions

4366 | 04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensors Infrared
TI-100-s/-c

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1 mmWrench size

14 mmLength housing

28 mm

Weight with wire 1 m

70 g

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

5 to 28 V

Max power supply US

28 V

Full scale output UA

0 to 5 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Non-contact temperature measurementuMeasurement range: 0 to 1,000°Cu

Analog output (0 to 5 V)uCompact size and robust housing

This infrared temperature sensor is designed for noncontact surface temperature measurement of various
parts (e.g. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR radiation.
Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics with internal
electronics and cabling packaged inside stainless steel
housing, this sensor measures the emitted infrared radiation of an object and calculates its temperature. The
output signal has a linear characteristic (temperature vs.
output voltage).
The main features of this sensor are its compact size,
robust design, and high signal quality at a low cost. In
addition, it offers the ability to change the temperature
range, the output voltage and emissivity by request.

Application

Emissivity (predefined)

Please see Variations

Optical resolution

10 : 1

Spectral range

8 to 14 µm

Compensated range-20 to 120°C

Temperature resolution at Tobj <
100°C

0.1°C

System accuracy at 23°C tamb or
max. value± 1.5°C or 1.5 %Repeatability at 23°C tamb or max.
value

± 0.75°C or 0.75 %Sensitivity

31.25 mV/°C

Offset0 mVConnectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Prg

Pin 5

Scr

Application

0 to 1,000°C

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-20 to 120°C

Operating temp. range (electronics)-20 to 70°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 85°C

Relative humidity

10 to 95 %Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Max. vibration any axis

30 m/s2 at 11 to 200 Hz
500 m/s2, 11 ms shock

SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

70 to 100 cm

Technical Specifications
Variations

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
TI-100-s

TI-100-C

Optimized formeasuring of

Steel

CarbonEmissivity (predefined)

0.80

0.75

04 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 367

Installation Notes
The TI-100 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The temperature measurement range can be changed anywhere in therange of -20°C to 1,000°C per request.
The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.
To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch Motorsport for assistance.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification 89/336/EWG.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
To clean the lens, use only a soft, wet (water or water based glasscleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-100-s
Order number F 01T A21 210-02
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-100-c
Order number F 01T A21 211-01

Dimensions

4368 | 04 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Thermocouple Probe TCP K

4
Features

Characteristic Application
Accuracy (max. value)± 1.5 °C or 0.004 * t
T [°C]-200

U [mV]-5.891-100-3.554

0

0.000

100

4.096

200

8.138

300

12.209400

16.397500

20.644600

24.905uThermocouple Type K

700

29.129u

Thermo material: NiCr-Ni

800

33.275uMeasurement range: -200 to 1,000°C (1,300°C)

900

37.326uFlexible mounting depth

1,000

41.276uAnalog output (Thermo voltage)

1,100

45.1191,200

48.8381,300

52.410This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,300°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which generates a small temperature corresponding voltage, due totheir thermo electrical behaviour, without any additional
external energy. The mantle thermocouple has a metal
mantle which includes two inner wires made of thermo
material (NiCr-Ni). The wires are isolated.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
quick response time, the combination of high quality
production part and robust design with metal housing
and motorsport connector.

Application
Application-200 to 1,000°C (1,300)°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

F 02U 000 229-01

Male thread

See adapter

Pin 1

-

Wrench size

See adapter

Pin 2

Sig-

Installation torqueSee adapter

Pin 3

Sig+

Weight with wire

47 g

Pin 4

-

Sensor tip bend radius

R 20

Pin 5

Src

SleeveDR-25

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

NiCr/Ni Typ K

Wire size

AWG 24

Full scale output

DIN IEC 584-1

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

04 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 369

Installation Notes
The TCP K can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with thermocouple inputs (w/o pull-up resistant) or to external devices, which amplify the sensor voltage.
Recommended max. continuous utilization temperature 1,000°C,
short-term utilization temperature 1,300°C.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer request.
The sensor tip is flexible/ bendable and can be fixed by a special
adapter (B 261 209 159-01).
The length of the sensor tip can be modified on request.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP K
Order number B 261 209 385-01
Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP K Adapter
Order number B 261 209 159-01

Dimensions

Sensor

Adapter

4370 | 04 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Thermocouple Probe TCP KA

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

12 V

Full scale output

0 to 5 V

Characteristic Application

4

Features

Measuring range

0 to 1,250°C

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

700

2,839

u

Thermocouple Type K

800

3,243

u

Thermo material: NiCr-Ni

900

3,638

u

Measurement range: 0 to 1,250°C

1,000

4,022

u

Analog output (0 to 5 V)

1,100

4,396

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,250°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which supply atemperature corresponding voltage, due to its thermoelectric behavior, without any additional external energy
source. The mantle thermocouple has a metal mantle
which includes two inner wires made of thermo material(Ni CrSi - NiSi). The wires are isolated. The voltage isamplified by an electronic circuit, which is powered by
12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V. Please
note that the operating temperature of the external
electronics is from 0 to 120°C.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part, robust design
and its integrated amplifier.

Application

Connectors and Wires

Application

0 to 1,250°C

Operating temp. range (ext.
electronics)

0 to 120°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight with wire

85 gLength250 mmConnector

F 02U B00 292-01

Mating connector

D 261 205 357-01

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

04 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 371

Installation Notes
The TCP KA can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to 5
V analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data logging
devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s
request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 120°C.
Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element isminimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
lifespan of the sensor.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA
Order number F 02U V01 664-01
Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA Adapter
Order number F 02U V01 185-01

Dimensions

Sensor4

372 | 04 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

4
Adapter

04 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 373

Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

5 to 16 V

Full scale output

0 to 5 V

Characteristic Application

Features

Measuring range

0 to 1,250°C

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

u

Thermocouple Type K

700

2,839

u

Thermo material: NiCr-Ni

800

3,243

u

Measurement range: 0 to 1,250°C

900

3,638

u

Analog output (0 to 5 V)

1,000

4,022

1,100

4,396

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,250°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which supply atemperature corresponding voltage without any additional external energy source. The mantle thermocouple
has a metal mantle which includes two isolated wires
made of thermomaterial NiCr-Ni Type K. The voltage isamplified by an electronic circuit, which is powered by
12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V. The
sensing element is protected with a double housing
made of Nimonic 75 to make possible its application before turbo chargers. Please note that the operating temperature of the external electronics is from 0 to 125°C.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part, robust design
and its integrated amplifier.

Application
Application

0 to 1,250°C

Operating temp. range (ext.
electronics)

0 to 125°C

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 6-03-03PB-HE

Mating connector

ASU 0-03-03SB-HE

Technical Specifications

Pin 1

Power Supply

Mechanical Data

Pin 2

GND

Male thread

M14x1.5

Pin 3

SignalWrench size

17 mm

SleeveDR-25

Installation torque

15 Nm

Wire size

AWG 24Weight with wire

85 g

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

Length81 mm

4

374 | 04 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Installation Notes
The TCP KN2 can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to
5 V analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data logging devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s
request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 125°C.

4

Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element isminimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
lifespan of the sensor.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2
Order number F 02U V01 863-01

Dimensions

04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 375

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2

Supply current

7 mA

Supply current max.

12 mA

Characteristic
Sensitivity

440 mV/g

Offset2,500 mV at 0 g

Tolerance of sensitivity±3%

Non-linearity of sensitivity±2%4Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sigx

u

2 -axis

Pin 4

Sigy

u

Measurement range: ±4.5 g

Pin 5

Scr

u

5 Hz low-pass filtered

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

This sensor is designed to measure the physical effectsof lateral acceleration in two axes (e.g. for analysis ofacceleration and deceleration behavior of race cars).
In order to achieve this, the sensor features two measuring elements for acceleration, in two integrated circuits.
The sensing element consists of a micro machined sensor chip and an evaluation ASIC – allowing for high precision measurement applications.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The AM 600-2 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Measuring range

x, y ±4.5 g

For mounting please use only the integrated fixed hole.

Max. vibration

5,000 m/s2 in operation

Storage temperature range-55 to 105°C

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Technical Specifications

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2
Order number B 261 209 311-04

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Size

24 x 27 x 13.5 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 NmElectrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

6V

Full scale output

2.5 = 0 g; 440 mV/g

376 | 04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 377

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3

Supply current

7 mA

Supply current max.

12 mA

Characteristic
Sensitivity

440 mV/g

Offset2,500 mV at 0 g

Tolerance of sensitivity±3%

Non-linearity of sensitivity±2%4Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sigy

u

3 -axis

Pin 4

Sigx

u

Measurement range: ±4,5 g

Pin 5

Sigz

u

5 Hz low-pass filtered

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

This sensor is designed to measure the physical effectsof lateral acceleration in three axes (e.g. for analysis ofacceleration and deceleration behavior of race cars).
In order to achieve this, the sensor features three measuring elements for acceleration, in three integrated circuits. The sensing element consists of a micro machined
sensor chip and an evaluation ASIC – allowing for highprecision measurement applications.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The AM 600-3 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Measuring range

x, y, z ±4.5 g

For mounting please use only the integrated fixed hole.

Max. vibration

5,000 m/s in operation

Storage temperature range-55 to 105°C

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

2

Technical Specifications

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

50 g

Size

24 x 27 x 29.8 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 NmElectrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

6V

Full scale output

2.5 = 0 g; 440 mV/g

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3
Order number B 261 209 313-02

378 | 04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 379

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y-axis

5

Featuresu2-axis rotation rate (yaw rate, roll rate)u

3-axis accelerometer (X, Y, Z)u

6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178
Byte

Value

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud CAN-output

0

Roll rateu

15 Hz low-pass filtered1uMeasurement ranges: ±4.2 g; ±163°/s

2

The MM5.10 was designed to measure the physical effects of rotational and linear acceleration. In order toachieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing
elements generates a Coriolis force which changes theinternal capacity of the micro machined sensing parts.
Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element isused to measure the vehicle linear acceleration in all 3
axis. This combination of rotational and lineal acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of 3 linear and 2 rotational accelerometers andits high speed 1 Mbaud/s CAN-signal output.

Application

Reserved

3
4

Acc X-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

1
2

Reserved

3

Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

4

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

5

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

6

Reserved

Technical Specifications

7

UnusedMechanical Data

Characteristic

Acc Z-axis

Weight w/o wire

35 g

Characteristic Application I

Size

80 x 56 x 21 mm

Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute resolution

0.1°/s4

380 | 04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Characteristic Application II

Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Measuring range±4.2 gOver range limit±10 g

Ordering Information

Absolute resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Without wire (1)Order number F 02U V01 511-02

Connectors and Wires

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage and calibration sheet.

Connector (1)AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector (1)F 02U B00 435-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBat

Connector (3)ASL-6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector (3)ASL-0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

UBat

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Not connected

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

Bit mask

unsigned

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Z-ais

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Installation Notes
The MM5.10 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Wire with open end (2)Order number F 02U V01 511-91
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Wire with motorsport connector (3)Order number F 02U V01 512-02

04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 381

Dimensions

4

Axis Scheme

382 | 04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174

4

Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y-axis

5

Features6

Reserved

7

Unusedu2-axis rotation rate (yaw rate, roll rate)

CAN ID 02 0x178

u3-axis accelerometer (X, Y, Z)

Byte

Value

u

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud CAN-output

0

Roll rateu

Aluminum housing1uIntegrated motorsports connector

2

The MM5.10-R was designed to measure the physical effects of rotational and linear acceleration. In order toachieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing
elements generates a Coriolis force which changes theinternal capacity of the micro machined sensing parts.
Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element isused to measure the vehicle lineal acceleration in all 3
axes. This combination of rotational and linear acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main features and benefits of this sensor are thealuminum compact housing, the combination of 3 linear
and 2 rotational accelerometers and its high speed 1
Mbaud/s CAN-signal output.

Application

Reserved

3
4

Acc X-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Z-axis

Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

5

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

6

Reserved

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

7

UnusedTechnical Specifications

Characteristic

Mechanical Data

Characteristic Application I

Weight w/o wire

28 g

Measuring range± 160°/sSize

34 x 34 x 16.5 mm

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute resolution

0.1°/s

04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 383

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Characteristic Application II
Measuring range±4.2 gOver range limit±10 g

Absolute resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASX 0-02-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASX 6-02-05SA-HE

Pin 1

UBat

Pin 2

CANH

Pin 3

Not connected

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Gnd

SleeveDR-25

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

Bit mask

unsigned

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Z-ais

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Installation Notes
The MM5.10-R can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage and calibration sheet.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Ordering Information
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R
Order number F 02U V02 007-01

4384 | 04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 385

Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw Rate

1
2

Yaw STAT

3

Reserved

4

Acc Y

5
6

Acc Y STAT

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178

Features

Byte

Value

0

Roll Rate

1u

Yaw-rate, roll-rate and acceleration measurementsu2-axis accelerometeru

CAN-output

u

15 Hz low-pass filteredu

Measurement ranges: ±4.1 g; ±160°/s

2Roll STAT

3

Reserved

4

Acc X

5

This sensor is designed to measure the acceleration andthe rate of turn in two axis (yaw rate Ωz, roll rate Ωx, lateral acceleration ay and longitudinal acceleration az).
An internal diagnosis indicates too high vibrations orturning rates. In combination with a MS 5 ECU and its
algorithm a very precise lean angle of motorcycles canbe calculated.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is its widemeasuring range, the standardized 1 Mbaud CAN- signal
output and the combination of high quality production
part and robust design.

Application

6

AccX STAT

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I
Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute resolution

0.1°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Characteristic Application II
Measuring range±4.1 gApplication I±160°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Over range limit±10 g

Application II±4.1 g (X and Y acceleration)

Absolute resolution

0.01 gOperating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires

Mechanical Data

Connector

AMP 114-18063-076

Weight w/o wire

96 g

Mating connector

F 02U B00 240-01

Size

33 x 98 x 91 mm

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBAT

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

200 mA

Power up time

< 150 ms4

386 | 04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

CAN Parameters

4

Byte order

Little endian, high-byte/lowbyte, IntelCAN speed

1 MBaud

CAN refresh rate

10 ms

Identifier length

11 bitBit mask

signedOffset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Conversion formula
Yaw rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005 [°/s/digit]
Roll rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005 [°/s/digit]

Bit combination of sensor status
Yaw_STAT, Roll_STAT, AccY_STAT and ACCX_STAT
Xx00 xxxx = signal in specification
Xx01 xxxx = sensor not available
Xx10 xxxx = signal failure
Xx11 xxxx = reserved
X1xx xxxx = initialization is running
X0xx xxxx = initialization is ready1xxx xxxx = reserved
0xxx xxxx = reserved

Installation Notes
Important: In order not to exceed the maximum vibration level, themount should be damped and not resonate.
For measuring the yaw and roll rate the LAS-1 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
The lean angle of motorcycles can be calculated in a MS 5 with motorcycle functionality.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1
Order number F 02U V00 657-01

04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 387

Dimensions

4388 | 04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

130 mACAN speed

1 Mbaud/s

CAN Message
CAN_ID_01 0x70

4

Byte

Value

0

Yaw Rate 1

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y-axis

5

Features6

Reserved

7

Unusedu

Yaw rate and acceleration measurementu

CAN output

Byte

Value

u

15 Hz low-pass filtered0

Yaw Angular Accelerationu

Measurement ranges: ±4.1 g; ±160°/s

1

CAN_ID_02 0x80

This sensor is designed to measure the physical effectsof yawing, lateral and longitudinal acceleration. In orderto achieve this, the sensor features both a measuring element for yaw rate and two for acceleration, with one
appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotation around the third orthogonal axis, a yaw rate,
creates a Coriolis force on the accelerometers, which isdetected by the element. Apart from the measuring element for yaw rate, a pure surface micro machined measuring element for acceleration is utilized to measure thevehicles lateral and longitudinal acceleration. This enables a very precise application.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is its widemeasuring range, the standardized 1 Mbaud/s CAN-signal output and the combination of high quality production part and robust design.

2

Application

Reserved

3
4

Acc X-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I
Measuring range±160 °/s

Over range limit±1,000 °/s

Absolute resolution

0.1 °/s
15 Hz

Application I±160°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

Application II±4.1 gCharacteristic Application I I

Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Measuring range±4.1 gOver range limit±10 g

Absolute resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

65 g

Size

34 x 80 x 84 mm

04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 389

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector
4-pole DRS

F 02U B00 435-01 (connectorkit)
F 02U 002 460-01 (connector
housing)

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBat

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 MBaud/s

Bit mask

signedOffset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate 1

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Yaw Ang. Acc

0.125 [°/s2/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Installation Notes
The YRS 3 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3
Order number 0 265 005 838

4390 | 04 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 391

Wire Potentiometer WP 35

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

1%

Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

u

Measurement range 0 to 38 mm

Pin 2

Gnd

u

Compact design

Pin 3

Sig

u

Analog output: 0 to 5 V

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

The WP 35 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 35 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Application

0 to 38 mm

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

290 m/s2

Max. wire tension

1.7 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

15 g

Possible mechanical range

38.1 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

5 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

19.1 x 19.1 x 9.7 mm

Wire Potentiometer WP 35
Order number B 261 209 541-01

4392 | 04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 393

Wire Potentiometer WP 50

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 50 mm

uCompact designuAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

The WP 50 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 50 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Application
Application

0 to 50 mm

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

400 m/s

The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.

Max. wire tension

3.3 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

2

Technical Specifications

Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

15 g

Possible mechanical range

50.8 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

Wire Potentiometer WP 50
Order number B 261 209 542-01

4394 | 04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 395

Wire Potentiometer WP 75

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 75 mm

uCompact designuAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

The WP 75 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

170 m/s

The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.

Max. wire tension

2.8 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

2

Technical Specifications

Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 g

Possible mechanical range

76.2 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

Wire Potentiometer WP 75
Order number B 261 209 543-01

4396 | 04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 397

Wire Potentiometer WP 100

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 100 mm

uCompact designuAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

The WP 100 is a wire potentiometer which is designed
to measure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Application
Application

0 to 100 mm

The WP 100 can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.

Max. wire acceleration

90 m/s2

Max. wire tension

3.3 N

The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.

Technical Specifications

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Mechanical Data

Ordering Information

Weight w/o wire

57 g

Possible mechanical range

101.6 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 43.3 x 12.5 mm

Wire Potentiometer WP 100
Order number B 261 209 544-01

4398 | 04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 399

Wire Potentiometer WP 120

Resistance tolerance

0.15 %

Non-linearity

1%

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 120 mmuCompact designuAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

The WP 120 is a wire potentiometer which is designed
to measure position, direction or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Application
Application

0 to 120 mm

Temperature range-15 to 60°C

Max. wire tension

2.2 N

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 120 can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Wire Potentiometer WP 120
Order number F 01T A21 250

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 g

Possible mechanical range

120 mmMounting

2 x Ø 4 & Ø 4.8

Life expectancy

1 x 106 cycles

Dimensions

45.7 x 44.5 x 59.7 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

25 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

4

400 | 04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Dimensions4

04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 401

Wire Potentiometer WP 125

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 50.5 x 13.2 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

u

Measurement range: 0 to 125 mm

Pin 2

Gnd

u

Compact design

Pin 3

Sig

u

Analog output: 0 to 5 V

Pin 4

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

The WP 125 is a wire potentiometer which is designed
to measure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 125 can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.

Application

0 to 125 mm

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

80 m/s2

Max. wire tension

2.8 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s at 10 to 2,000 Hz

The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.

2

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Technical Specifications

Wire Potentiometer WP 125
Order number B 261 209 545-01

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 g

Possible mechanical range

127.5 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

4402 | 04 Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Dimensions4

05 Brake Control

5

ABS

404

404 | 05 Brake Control | ABS

ABS M4 Kit Variations

5

Type

ABS M4 Kit

ABS M4 Kit

ABS M4 Kit Porsche 997
Cup

ABS M4 Kit Porsche 991
Cup

Type

Kit 1

Kit 2

997

991

Wiring harness

SpecificSpecificSpecificSpecific

4 wheel speed sensors
DF11S

Included, with standard
connectors

Included, with motorsport
connectors

Included, Porsche specific
DF11S

Not included, series sensors fit

Wheel speed signal splitter

Optional*

Optional*

Included, Porsche specificIncluded, new DF11i design

Fuses

Not included

Not included

Not included

IncludedBrake pipe fittings

Not included

Not included

Not included

Included*Purchasable as part of the kit (extra charge)
Type

ABS M4 Kit Clubsport

ABS M4 Kit Clubsport

ABS M4 Kit Clubsport

ABS M4 Kit Clubsport

Type

1 MBaud, DF11S

500 kBaud, DF11S

1 MBaud, for DF11i

500 kBaud, for DF11i

Wiring harness

Generic

Generic

Generic

Generic

4 wheel speed sensors
DF11S

Included, with standard
connectors

Included, with standard
connectors

Not included

Not included

Wheel speed signal splitter

Optional**

Optional**

Optional**

Optional**

Fuses

Not included

Not included

Not included

Not included

Brake pipe fittings

Not included

Not included

Not included

Not included**Purchasable as spare part, not as part of the kit

05 Brake Control | ABS | 405

Electrical Data

ABS M4 Kit

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption

8 W stand-by, 230 W in operation

Inputs4 active wheel speed DF11
Brake pressure (front brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration

5

Yaw rate
Brake light switch
12 position function
switch:Featuresu

Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles

The ABS M4 Kit is developed for the operation in front-,
rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A vehicle specific wiring
harness is included in the Kit.
The ABS M4 is specifically adapted for motorsport use.
Individual car parameters like e.g. vehicle weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheelbase or number of increments can be calibrated with
software free of charge. Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Technical Specifications
Variations• 9 maps preconfigured• 2 maps programmable• 1 switch position for ABS function OFF

Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)
Wheel speed on CAN etc.: see manual

Optional Accessories
Additional package EBD (Electronic Brake force Distribution)

on request

Communication interface
MSA Box II

F 02U V00 327-03

Quad wheel speed signal splitter, 2 motorsport connectors

F 02U V00 203-03

ABS M4 Kit 1

ABS M4 Kit 2

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-04

Customer specific wiring harness with motorsport connectors, wheel speed sensors withproduction-type connectors

Customer specific wiring harness with motorsport connectors, wheel speed sensors withmotorsport connectors

Display DDU 7

F 02U V02 010-01

Mechanical Data

Communication
CAN interface via MSA Box II

Content of Kit

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

Vibration damped circuit board

Pressure sensor

38 pin connector

Yaw/acceleration sensor

2 hydraulic valves per wheel

12 position function switch

2 brake circuits (front and rear)

4 wheel speed sensors DF11 standard

2 hydraulic accumulators 3 cm3/each

ABS warning lightStandard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm

Vibrations damping boards

Weight1,850 gOrdering Information

Operating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Vehicle specific wiring harness

ABS M4 Kit 1
Order number F 02U V00 289-01

406 | 05 Brake Control | ABS

ABS M4 Kit 2
Order number F 02U V00 290-01

Dimensions

5

Wheel Speed Sensor

05 Brake Control | ABS | 407

ABS M4 Kit Clubsport

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption

8 W stand-by, 230 W in operation

Inputs4 active wheel speed DF11
Brake pressure (front brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration

5

Yaw rate
Brake light switch
12 position function
switch:Featuresu

Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles

uGeneric wiring harness to fit all engine bay andfront foot well locations for the hydraulic moduleuSame ABS hardware as standard ABS M4 Kit

The ABS M4 kit is developed for the operation in front-,
rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A generic wiring harness
is included in the kit. This enables us to provide the kit
with a significantly reduced price in comparison to thestandard ABS M4 kit with individual loom.
The ABS M4 is specifically adapted for motorsport use.
Individual car parameters like e.g. vehicle weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheelbase or number of increments can be calibrated with
software free of charge. Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Technical Specifications• 9 maps preconfigured• 2 maps programmable• 1 switch position for ABS function OFF

Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)
Wheel speed on CAN etc.: see manual

Optional Accessories
Communication interface
MSA Box II

F 02U V00 327-03

Quad wheel speed signal splitter, 2 motorsport connectors

F 02U V00 203-03

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-04

Display DDU 7

F 02U V02 010-01

Communication
CAN interface via MSA Box II

Content of Kit

Mechanical Data

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

Pressure sensor

Vibration damped circuit board

Yaw/acceleration sensor

38 pin connector

12 position function switch

2 hydraulic valves per wheel

4 wheel speed sensors DF11S (partly, see Ordering Information)

2 brake circuits (front and rear)

ABS warning light

2 hydraulic accumulators 3 cm3/each

Generic wiring harness

Standard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Vibrations damping boards

Size

125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm

Ordering Information

Weight1,850 gOperating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

ABS M4 Kit Clubsport
1 MBaud, DF11S (recommended)
Order number F 02U V01 289-49

408 | 05 Brake Control | ABS

ABS M4 Kit Clubsport
500 kBaud, DF11S
Order number F 02U V01 289-48
ABS M4 Kit Clubsport
1 MBaud, for DF11i (wheel speed sensors not included)
Order number F 02U V00 543-13
ABS M4 Kit Clubsport
500 kBaud, for DF11i (wheel speed sensors not included)
Order number F 02U V00 543-12

Dimensions

5

Wheel Speed Sensor

05 Brake Control | ABS | 409

ABS M4 Kit Porsche Cup

Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU
Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)
2 hydraulic accumulators 3 cm3/each

Picture shows 991 Cup Kit

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm

Weight1,850 gOperating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Electrical Data

Featuresu

Plug & Play ABS M4 Kit for Porsche 997 Cup and991 Cupu

Tested and developed on racetracks like Spa andNordschleifeu

Detailed installation instruction available at our
websiteuStandard fittings

1 MBaud CAN

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption

8 W stand-by, 230 W in operation

Inputs4 wheel speeds
Brake pressure (front brake circuit)

The ABS M4 Kit Porsche Cup is a derivative of the successful ABS M4 kit and specifically designed for Porsche
997 Cup and 991 Cup. A vehicle specific wiring harness
is included in the kit. Individual car parameters like e.g.
vehicle weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheel base or number of increments canbe calibrated with software free of charge. Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration
Yaw rate
Brake light switch
12 position function
switch:Technical Specifications
Variations• 9 switch positions preconfigured• 2 switch positions programmable• 1 switch position for ABS function OFF

Ouputs

997 Cup (System
DF11S)

991 Cup (System
DF11i)

4 wheel speed sensors

Included, Porsche
specific DF11S

Not included, series
sensors fit

Wheel speed signal
splitter

Included, Porsche
specific

Included, new
DF11i design

ABS warning light(MIL)

Included

Included (LED type)

Brake pipe fittings

Not included

IncludedCommunication

Fuses

Not included

Included

K-Line via MSA Box II

Holder for Hydraulicunit

Included, standard

Included, Porsche
specificContent of Kit

ABS warning light (MIL)
Wheel speed on CAN etc.: see manual

Optional Accessories
Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-04

Display DDU 7

F 02U V02 010-01

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU
Holder for Hydraulic unit

5

410 | 05 Brake Control | ABS

4 Wheel speed sensors: Please see Variations
Wheel speed signal splitter: Please see Variations
Pressure sensor
Yaw/acceleration sensor
12 position function switch
ABS warning light (MIL)
Vehicle specific wiring harness
Vibrations damping board yaw/acceleration sensor
Brake pipe fittings: Please see Variations

5

Fuses: Please see Variations
Brake pipes not included, available at Bosch Motorsport dealer

Ordering Information
ABS M4 Kit Porsche 997 Cup
Order number F 02U V00 289-98
ABS M4 Kit Porsche 991 Cup
Order number F 02U V00 543-11

06 Displays

6

Displays412

412 | 06 Displays | Displays

Display DDU 7

Logging rate

Max. 100 kB/s

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

2 GB

FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

6
FeaturesSize

148 x 126 x 32 mm

Weight440 g

Protection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

uFreely programmable dash logger

Operating temperature Display-20 to 70°CuLarge trans-reflective multi colour display

Max. vibrationuLight weight synthetic material housing

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

uRecording on USB flash drive (opt.)

The display DDU 7 integrates a programmable full colour
dash board display with a data logging system for motorsports applications.
This allows for synchronized acquisition and visualization of engine data from the ECU and chassis data channels.
Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet
and CAN buses.
Recorded data from the internal 2 GB flash memory canbe downloaded via high speed Ethernet. Data Analysis
Software WinDarab is available for free of charge as
WinDarab V7 free on our website.

Application
Display• 5,7” graphic colour display• 12 user configurable
display pages• 10 multicolor freely
configurable (RGB)
LEDs

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

14 W at 14 V

InputsPage/brightness selection

2

Analog channels

6 or 10: see Variations

Wheel speed inputs

Hall-effect, DF11 or no: see
Variations

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmDF 11 inputs

On request

Outputs
Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (350
mA)

1
1

Resolution

640 x 480 pixel

Supported image file formats

Bmp, gif, jpg, png, tif

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (350mA)

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Environment

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate
Online data compression

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01

External switch for brightness adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659-01

Software Upgrade 1

06 Displays | Displays | 413

USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included, works
with Bosch File System (BFS)
preformatted USB Flash drive only)

F 02U V01 133-02

Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in Upgrade)

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness (included in Upgrade)

F 02U 002 996-01

Software Upgrade 2
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V01 134-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector
AS 2-14-35PN at DDU7

37 pins

Mating connector
AS 6-14-35SN

F 02U 000 453-01

Installation Notes
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

1

Laptrigger input

1

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Ordering Information
6 ana, 4 Hall speed inputs
Order number F 02U V01 130-04
6 ana, 4 DF11 speed inputs
Order number F 02U V01 167-03
10 ana, 0 speed inputs
Order number F 02U V02 010-01
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V01 133-02
SW Upgrade 2
Order number F 02U V01 134-01

6

414 | 06 Displays | Displays

Display DDU 7 Variations

6

6 ana, 4 Hall speed inputs

6 ana, 4 DF11 speed inputs

10 ana, 0 speed inputs

Part Nr.

F 02U V01 130-04

F 02U V01 167-03

F 02U V02 010-01

Analogue inputs

6

6

10

Hall speed inputs

4

0

0

DF11 speed inputs

0

4

0

06 Displays | Displays | 415

Display DDU 8

Logging rate

Max. 300 kB/s

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

3-port network switch
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Featuresu

Full programmable multi colour displayu

2 GB dash logger (opt.)u

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)uMulti colour (RGB) gearshift lights

The display DDU 7 integrates a programmable full colour
dash board display with a data logging system for motorsports applications.
This allows for synchronized acquisition and visualization of engine data from the ECU and chassis data fromup to 24 analogue and 4 digital input channels.
Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet
and CAN buses.
Recorded data from the internal 2 GB logger (opt.) canbe downloaded via high-speed ethernet or via wirelessconnection with the BT 60 burst telemetry system.
As a base system the DDU 7 is sold as display only. Software upgrades for the DDU 7 (field upgradable by entering a key) activate data logger functionality, additional
recording on USB flash drive, CCP-master and additional
input channels.

Application• 5” graphic colour display• Multiple user configurable display pages• 10 multi colour (RGB)
gearshift lights

Resolution

800 x 480 high resolution pixel

Supported image file formats

Bmp, gif, jpg, png, tif

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages

Online data compression

161 x 111 x 31 (49) mm

Weight675 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature internal-20 to 60°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

14 W at 14 V

InputsPage/brightness selection

2

Analog channels

4

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

Outputs
PWM outputs (Low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1Software

Display

Sampling rate

Size

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Environment
External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01

External switch for brightness
adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659-01

Software Upgrade 1

F 02U V00 701-01

Activation of internal data logger

2 GB

Telemetry support

BT 60

Long range telemetry support

FM 40

6

416 | 06 Displays | Displays

Interface for telemetry (on yellow connector)

RS232

Software Upgrade 2

F 02U V00 702-01

Charge accumulator twice per year for > 6 h (supply with power).

Communication

Yellow connector unlocked
GPS input

6

Charge accumulator for > 6 h after installation (supply with power).

CAN interfaces

2

Additional analog channels

20

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Additional rotational channels(Input Hall/inductive)

4

Lap trigger input (on yellow connector, always open)

1

Additional sensor supplies 5 V ±
1 % (350 mA each)

3

Additional sensor supply 10 V ±
1 % (350 mA)

1

Display DDU 8
Order number F 02U V00 873-05

Additional sensor supply 12 V
(1 A) non regulated1

Software Options

Interface for GPS

RS232

Software Upgrade 3

F 02U V00 796-01

CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)
Software Upgrade 4

F 02U V00 871-02

Ordering Information

SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V00 701-01
SW Upgrade 2
Order number F 02U V00 702-01
SW Upgrade 3
Order number F 02U V00 796-01
SW Upgrade 4
Order number F 02U V00 871-02

USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB Flashdrive only)
Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in Upgrade)

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness (included in Upgrade)

F 02U 002 996-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors, double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector (red)AS DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector (yellow)
AS DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes
Software
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.
Download data and save configurations before sending device as it will
be reset during service.

Accumulator Service
Internal accumulator for data preservation and clock included
Recommended service interval: 24 months (inclusive accumulator
change)Send device to Bosch dealer for service.

07 Data Logging Systems

7

Data Loggers

418

Lap Trigger Systems

424

Sensor Interfaces

429

Telemetry

447

Telemetry Accessories456

418 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Data Logger C 50

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

148 x 126 x 16 mm

Weight

300 g

Protection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 60°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Features7uFreely programmable dash loggeruLight weight synthetic material housingu

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)u

One motorsports connector

The data logger C 50 is a data logging system for motorsport applications. It allows for synchronized acquisitionof engine data from the ECU and chassis data from 6 analog and 4 digital wheel speed input channels. Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet and CAN
buses. Recorded data from the internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via high speed Ethernet.

Application
Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Configurable math channels

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

14 W at 14 V

InputsAnalog channels

8Wheel speed input (Hall-effect)

4

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

DF11 inputs

On request

Outputs

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1

Environment

User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

Supply voltage

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 100 kB/s

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

2 GB

FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Software Upgrade 1
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB Flashdrive only)

F 02U V01 133-02

Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in Upgrade)

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness (included in Upgrade)

F 02U 002 996-01

Software Upgrade 2
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V01 134-01

07 Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 419

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector
AS 2-14-35PN at C 50

37 pins

Mating connector
AS 6-14-35SN

F02U 000 453-01

Installation Notes
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

1

Lap trigger input

1

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 50
Order number F 02U V01 164-04
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V01 133-02
SW Upgrade 2
Order number F 02U V01 134-01

7420 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Data Logger C 60

RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight495 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Features
Electrical Data

7uCompact and light weight data loggeruAluminum housinguuSupply voltage

8 to 18 V
10 W at 14 V

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

Two motorsports connectors

InputsThe data logger C 60 is a compact and light weight data
logging system for motorsport applications. This allows
for synchronized acquisition of engine data from the
ECU and chassis data from up to 26 analog and 4 digital
input channels. Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded data fromthe internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via
high speed Ethernet or via wireless connection with the
BT 60 burst telemetry system.
As a base system the C 60 is sold as data logger only.
The software upgrades for the C 60 (field upgradable byentering a key) activate additional recording on USB
Flash drive, CCP-Master and additional input channels.

Application
Converters

6

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

Outputs
PWM outputs (low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250mA)

1

Environment
8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

Analog channels

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Online data compression

Software Upgrade 1
GPS input
Additional analog channels

20

Rotational channels (input Hall/
inductive)4

Additional sensor supply 5 V(250 mA each)3

Sensor supply 10 V (250 mA)

1

Logging rate

Max. 300 kB/s

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device
Max. 1,000 kB/s

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A), nonregulated

1

Logged data download speed
Internal storage capacity

2 GB

RS232

GPS
F 02U V00 703-01

3-port network switch
BT 60 WLAN burst telemetry support

Software Upgrade 2

FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support

CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)
Software Upgrade 3

F 02U V00 797-01

07 Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 421

USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB Flashdrive only)

F 02U V00 872-02

Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in Upgrade)

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness (included in Upgrade)

F 02U 002 996-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsports connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
AS-DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector II
AS-DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes

7

Software
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.
Download data and save configurations before sending device as it will
be reset during service.

Accumulator Service
Internal accumulator for data preservation and clock included
Recommended service interval: 24 months (inclusive accumulator
change)Send device to Bosch dealer for service.
Charge accumulator for > 6 h after installation (supply with power).
Charge accumulator twice per year for > 6 h (supply with power).

Communication
Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

RS232

Telemetry

Lap trigger input

1

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 60
Order number F 02U V00 875-03
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V00 703-01
SW Upgrade 2
Order number F 02U V00 797-01
SW Upgrade 3
Order number F 02U V00 872-02

422 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Software Upgrade USB

Electrical Data
Capacity

2 GB

Specification

USB 1.1/2.0

Data rate

USB 2.0 up to 480 MBit/s

Connectors and Wires
Pin layout for connection to vehicle loom (see also Dimensions)
Pin 1

Data -

Pin 2

+5V

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

Data +

Installation Notes
The USB flash drive should be fixed on a soft surface to reduce thestress on the USB flash drive.

Features7uCapacity 2 GB

Ordering InformationuRobust brass housinguHigh performance push-pull connector

SW Upgrade USB for DDU 7
Order number F 02U V01 133-02

The Software Upgrade USB enables your DDU or datalogger to store data on a USB flash drive. The required
hardware is part of the Upgrade and includes an adapter
cable to USB-port, a connection socket to the wiring
harness and a rugged USB flash drive.
The rugged USB flash drive is securely mounted within arugged brass housing designed to provide full protection against extreme environmental conditions. It is IP68
protected and resistant to extreme operating temperatures (-30 to 85°C). The USB flash drive is equippedwith a rugged protection cap.

Application
Operating temperature range-30 to 85°C

Protection class

IP68

Tightening torque of Backnut forconnection socket

1.5 to 2.0 Nm

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Housing material

Brass

Weight42 gLength72 mmBore diameter

15.5 mm

SW Upgrade USB for DDU 8
Order number F 02U V00 871-02
SW Upgrade USB for C 50
Order number F 02U V01 133-02
SW Upgrade USB for C 60
Order number F 02U V00 872-02
Accessories
Rugged USB flash drive (included in SW Upgrade)
Order number F 02U V01 342-01
Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in SW Upgrade)
Order number F 02U V01 343-01
Adapter for wiring harness (included in SW Upgrade)
Order number F 02U 002 996-01

07 Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 423

Dimensions

7

424 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems

Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver

nal parameters. If the trigger condition is detected, thereceiver generates the appropriate output signal(main/sub trigger).
The trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter antenna. After detecting the trigger point and releasing the trigger signal the receiver is passive for a periodof 0.5 seconds avoiding a multiple trigger signal. When atrigger is detected the output pin goes low for a certaintime:-20 msec low at main trigger-40 msec low at sub trigger
Standard output configuration: Low side switch with internal pull-up (R = 2.5 kOhm to +5 VDC). External pullup to VBat allowed

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

7

Size

86 x 20 x 69 mm

Weight127 gProtection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Ambient temperature-20 to 85°C

FeaturesuHigh reliability, even in bad weather conditionsu

16 independent channelsuMain and sub trigger

This lap trigger system HF 58 consists of a high frequency transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in
the car.
The system allows an exact lap time measurement. Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.

Application

Electrical Data
Power consumption

1.3 W

Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASX0-02-03PN

Pin 1

Power supply +

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Trigger out

Antenna gain

6 dBi

Angle azimuth

40°

Angle elevation

90°

Sensitivity-60 dBm

Packet size

32 BitPacket repetition frequency

0,5 msWorking frequency band

5,795 to 5,815 GHz

Frequency channels

16

Output driver (switching to
GND)

10 mA

Ordering Information

Output signal main trigger (Puls)

20 ms active low

Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver
Order number F 02U V00 946-03

Output signal sub trigger (Puls)

40 ms active low

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1

Functions
The transmitter sends coded signals across the race
track via the directional antenna. The receiver at therace car permanently checks the team code and the sig-

Installation Notes
The white antenna radome must be turned to the transmitter side (seeDimensions) and must not be mounted behind metallic covers or carbon fiber filled elements.
Positioning of the receiver inside the car: The connector side has to bepositioned in direction to the front or back of the car as shown indrawing No. 2 (see Dimensions). It must not be positioned with theconnector pointing up- or downwards.
Green or blue indicator flashes when it detects a trigger condition.

07 Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems | 425

Dimensions

7

426 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems

Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter

Additional weight

350 g

Charging time

<4h

Running time

Approx. 30 h

Electrical Data
Power consumption

1.5 W

Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

Connectors and Wires
Features7uHigh reliability, even in bad weather conditionsu

16 independent channelsuMain and sub triggeruInternal Li-ion battery optionaluExternal supply possible

Connector

ASL 0-06-05PD-HE

Pin 1

Power supply +

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Charge input +

Pin 4

n.c.

Pin 5

n.c.

Installation Notes

This lap trigger system HF 58 consists of a high frequency transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in
the car.
The system allows an exact lap time measurement. Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.

The white antenna radome points to the car as shown in the drawing(see Dimensions) and must not be mounted behind metallic covers or
carbon fiber filled elements.

Application

Charge control shows:Working frequency band

5,795 to 5,815 GHz

Frequency channels

16

Angle azimuth

11°

Angle elevation

90°

Transmission power+10 dBm

Antenna gain

15 dBi

Side lobe suppression>30 dBThe transmitter sends coded signals across the race
track via the directional antenna. The receiver at therace car permanently checks the signal parameters. If
the trigger condition is detected, the receiver generates
the appropriate beacon signal (main/sub trigger). The
trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter
antenna.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

70 x 340 x 100 mm

Weight

1,020 gProtection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Ambient temperature-20 to 60°C

• blue when charging• green when battery full
• red on power or battery
failureOrdering Information
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter
Order number F 02U V00 945-02
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter with internal battery
and charger
Order number F 02U V01 042-02

Dimensions

Functions

Option: internal accumulator

Red LED shows low battery condition.

07 Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems | 427

Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver

Installation Notes
Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlight

Ordering Information
IR-02 Receiver KPSE 6E8 3AP DN A34
Order number B 261 206 884-03
IR-02 Receiver ASL-6-06-05PD-HE
Order number B 261-206 887-03
IR-02 Receiver KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN
Order number B 261 206 888-01

FeaturesuInfrared

u

39 g

u

15 m working rangeuDifferent connectors available

7

This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmitter station and a receiver installed in the car. The system allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different
car setups is also available if several transmitters areused.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with
IR-02. If both lap triggers are used at the same time, thetransmitters have to be positioned with a minimum distance of 5 m.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

42 x 20 x 10 mm

Weight39 g

Aluminum housing

Electrical Data
Frequency codes

16

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V

Output voltage

5V

Working range

15 m

Working temperature-25 to 70°C

Connectors and Wires
Pin 1/A

V+ (Battery voltage)

Pin 2/B

GND

Pin 3/C

Trigger signal

428 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems

Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter
Order number B 261 206 890-01

Features7uInfrared

u

124 g

u

15 m working range

This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmitter station and a receiver installed in the car. The system allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different
car setups is also available if several transmitters areused.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with
IR-02. If both lap triggers are used at the same time, thetransmitters have to be positioned with a minimum distance of 5 m.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size with diode90 x 40 x 28 mm

Weight124 g

Aluminum housing

Electrical Data
Frequency codes

16 plus 16 offset codes for section times

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V

Working range

15 m

Working temperature-25 to 70°C

Installation Notes
Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlight07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces | 429

CAN Module

Transmission parameters (address and transmission frequency) on
CAN bus are software switchable.
Data structure
All acquired data are available on CAN with the following IDs (ADD1,
ADD2, ADD3, ADD4 with DLC=8)

Analog inputs
Featuresu

8 high speed analogue channels 12 bit, voltage
range 0 to 5 VuCAN identifiers configurableu

Sampling rate of 1100 Hz

u

120 Ohm CAN bus terminating resistor selectableby connecting pin 2 and pin 5

Analog inputs are in counts on 12 bit (0 -> 0 mV, 0x1FFF -> 5000 mV)
1 bit is 1.22 mV
All analog inputs have a low pass hardware filter at 100 Hz and an IIR
pole software configurable in range 1 to 100 Hz.

Pin configuration
Connector on ModuleAS12-35PN

Pin

Function

1

Power Supply 12 V

The CAN Modules are designed to expand the number ofthe channels available on a logger. You can install up to
32 of these modules on the vehicle using different CAN
IDs.

2

CAN H

3

CAN L

4

Power Supply Ground

Application

5

Close CAN (Bridge with Pin2)

6

12 V out Sensors (protected)

7

Reference Voltage 5 V/50 mA

8Reference Voltage 5 V/50 mA

9Analogue channel 1

No switchable pull ups
The module will be pre-configured on your specification

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

10

Analogue channel 2Size

52 x 56 x 21 mm

11

Analogue channel 3

Weight70 g

12Analogue channel 4

CAN parameters

13

Analogue channel 5

Continuous transmission of CAN identifiers with rates configurable 1
Hz to 1 KHz at 1 Mb/s or at 500 Kb/s.

14

Analogue channel 6

15

Analogue channel 7

16

Analogue channel 8

17

Analogue ground18

Analogue ground19

Not used20

Not used21

Not used22

Not used

BUS data:• 0xADD1 AN0÷AN3• 0xADD2 AN4÷AN7• 0xADD4 Temperature, Vext /2, DIAG
Diagnostics
Diag1 = Vref (1/2 of the Vout value, used to supply external devices)
Diag2 = board temperature
Temperature value T = ((Temp*5000/4096)-500)/10 [°C]Software Filtering: Analogue inputs have IIR LP 1° order filter selectable in 1 to 100 Hz range.

7430 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces

Ordering Information
CAN Module
Order number F 02U V01 514-01

7

07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces | 431

Extended Module EM-LIN

Features

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

-

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

ConfigConnector 2 (green)

ASU 0-03-05SD-HE

Mating connector
ASU 6-03-05PD-HE

F 02U 000 399-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

LIN

Please note: the EM-LIN must be powered by one connector only.
u

LIN Master

u

53 g

Installation Notes

The extended module EM-LIN is a LIN-Master designed
to allow an on-line adjustment of the alternator regulator parameters e.g. alternator voltage, load response
time, cut-off speed and current limitation.
The EM-LIN is designed with a microcontroller in combination with a LIN and a CAN transceiver. The electronics
power supply is managed by a voltage regulator. In addition, an analog input is accessible on one connector. Its
robust aluminum housing provides an effective protection for the electronics.
Further functions (e.g. CAN function) and application
specific software development is available on request.

FunctionsApplication

LIN Master

Compatible regulator type

Bosch LIN-regulator CR652

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

85 x 32 x 17.3 mm

Weight53 gMax. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Operating temperature-20 to 85°C

Storage temperature-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power Supply

12 V

Max. power supply (1 min)

25 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector 1 (red)ASU 0-03-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASU 6-03-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 407-01

Pin 1

US

Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU.

Ordering Information
Extended Module EM-LIN
Order number F 02U V01 938-01

7

432 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces

Dimensions7

07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces | 433

Lambdatronic LT4

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

SoftwareConfiguration with Modas Sport

Included

Characteristic

FeaturesuSupply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9

uIntegrated voltage compensation for sensor heater

The Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled pumping current to supply up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9. The lambda value, thesensor temperature and diagnostics are available via
CAN and analog signal.
The LSU contains a Nernst and a pump cell. The lambda
in the Nernst cell is controlled to lambda = 1.013 independent of the oxygen contents on the emission side,through a current through the pump cell. The current
proportional output voltage of the IC is a measure of thelambda value.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is the combination of the Bosch well known lambda IC and a very compact box size with motorsports specification. Furthermore the analog signal output can be configured freely.

Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzConnectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-14-35PN

Connector loom
AS 1-14-35SN

F 02U 000 355-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment

FunctionsApplication

Lambda 0.75 to 10.12

Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9, Mini-LSU 4.9

Channels

4

HeaterInternal

PinFunction1+ 12 V (Battery +)2+ 12 V (Battery +)3

Ground (Battery -)4Ground (Battery -)Technical Specifications

5

K-Line diagnostic connection

Mechanical Data

6

CAN1 + (high)

Weight with wire

98 g

7

CAN1 – (low)Sealing

100 % humidity8

Analog out 1

Mounting

Velcro9

Analog out 2

Size w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

10Analog out 3

Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

11

Analog out 4

12Reference GND for analog out

13

Shield7

434 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces

7

14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1Ordering Information

15

Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1

16

Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

Lambdatronic LT4Order number F 01T A20 070-08

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

18

Setup current LSU 1 IA1

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP221

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Setup current LSU 2 IA225

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

26

Pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+3

30

Setup current LSU 3 IA331

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Setup current LSU 4 IA437

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Installation Notes
The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type LSU 4.2,
LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9
The LT4 is featured with voltage compensation for the heating profile
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between sensor and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either to themeasuring device or to the system ground.
A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not to
be exceeded.
See the LT4 function sheet for software documentation (e.g. CAN protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Communication
Communication link

K-Line / CAN

07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces | 435

Dimensions

7

436 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV

Size w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

SoftwareFeatures7

Configuration with Modas Sportu

Supply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type LSU
ADVuIntegrated voltage compensation for sensor heater

The Lambdatronic LT4 ADV is a control module whichfunction is to supply and control up to four BoschLSU ADV. The new lambda sensor LSU ADV offers extended features as an improved robustness, a shorter heating time and less influence from the ambient pressure.
The LSU ADV contains a Nernst cell and a pump cell.
The lambda value between the Nernst cell and an internal oxygen reference chamber is controlled to lambda
1.013, independent of the oxygen concentration on theemission side. This happens thanks to the pump current
throw the pump cell, responsible for the transmission ofoxygen atoms in the sensor ceramic. The current proportional output voltage of the IC gets translated in alambda value. The LT4 ADV provides the sensors temperature and other diagnostics parameters over CAN.
The 4 lambda signals can be read by using the CAN or
analog output.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is its compact
design, its light weight construction, as well as the possibility to control up to 4 Lambda Sensors LSU ADV withmultiple user-configurable parameters.

Functions

Included

Characteristic
Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzConnectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-14-35PN

Connector loom
AS 1-14-35SN

F 02U 000 355-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment
Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)Application

Lambda 0.75 to 5

2

+ 12 V (Battery +)Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU ADV

3

Ground (Battery -)Channels

44Ground (Battery -)HeaterInternal

5

K-Line diagnostic connection

6

CAN1 + (high)7

CAN1 – (low)8

Analog out 1

9Analog out 2

10

Analog out 3

11

Analog out 4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight with wire

98 g

Sealing

100 % humidity

Mounting

Velcro07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces | 437

12

Reference GND for analog out

Ordering Information

13

Shield14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV
Order number F 02U V01 111-03

15

Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1

16

Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

18

Not connected

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP221

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Not connected

25

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

26

Pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+330

Not connected

31

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Not connected

37

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Installation Notes
The LT4 ADV is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU ADVThe LT4 ADV is featured with voltage compensation for the heating
profile.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between sensor and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either to themeasuring device or to the system ground.
A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not to
be exceeded.
See the LT4 ADV function sheet for software documentation (e.g. CAN
protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

7

438 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces

Dimensions7

07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces | 439

Modular Sensor Interface M 60

Operating temperature-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (See Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

InputsFeaturesuCompact sensor interfaceu

30 input channelsuEach channel individually configurable

Analog channels

26

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

Rotational channels (default
Hall, Inductive as option)

47

Outputs

The M 60 is a compact and light weight sensor interface
unit for analog and digital sensors. Up to eight M 60 canbe used to expand the number of input channels of thedata logger C 60 as well as the display DDU 8. The M 60
are linked via high-speed Ethernet interface. This allows
for synchronized acquisition of data from the different
units and the ECU.
The M 60 offers 26 analog inputs, four rotational inputs,
four pwm outputs and two independent CAN buses.
Each analog input channel features an analog pre-filter,
8 x oversampling and highly linear digital filtering. The
cut-off frequency of the digital filter is automatically adjusted to match the acquisition rate. The latency of thedigital filters is corrected during recording, yielding zero
filter delay in the recorded data.
The evaluation of each M 60 measurement channel is individually configurable with the PC configuration tool
RaceCon.

PWM outputs (low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V (350 mA
each)

4

Sensor supply 10 V (350 mA
each)

1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A, nonregulated)

1

Environment
Software Upgrade 1
CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V01 012-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsports connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
AS-DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector II
AS-DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages

Installation Notes

Application
8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter

Max. 1,000 Hz acquisition rate for all channels
3-port network switch

Internal accumulator for data preservation and clock included
Required service interval: 24 months (internal accumulator is replaced)

RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Charge accumulator for > 6 h after installation.

Technical Specifications

Send device to Bosch dealer for accumulator change.

Mechanical Data

The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight495 g

Charge accumulator twice per year for > 6 h.

440 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces

Communication
Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Ordering Information
Modular Sensor Interface M 60
Order number F 02U V00 882-02
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V01 012-01

7

07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces | 441

Modular Sensor Interface MSI
60

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

149 x 105 x 34.5 mm

Weight640 g

Aluminum housing
High density type motorsport connectors
Vibration damped printed circuit boards
Operating temperature-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

15 g sinus at 1,200 Hz for t < 5 hElectrical Data

FeaturesuCompact dimensionsuHigh quality signal processingu

51 sensor inputs (differential analogue, single
ended analogue, LVDT, frequency, RS232, crashsensor)

The MSI 60 is a high quality signal conditioning and dataacquisition unit for analogue, digital, frequency and linear variable differential (LVDT) sensors.
MSI 60 offers a large number of freely configurable inputs (32 x differential analogue, 8 x single ended analogue, 8 x LVDT, 2 x frequency, RS 232, crash sensor).
Possible applications of the differential inputs include
e.g. 31 TC-J type or TC-K type temperature sensors arranged in a sensor array (one diff. input used for compensation), PT100, PT1000 (specific pull up values available), NTC, strain gauges etc. Each differential input features 200 times oversampling.
The cut-off frequency of the digital filters in all inputs is
automatically adjusted to match the acquisition rate.
MSI 60 also corrects the latency of the digital filters during recording, yielding zero filter delay in the recorded
data. Quantization of each MSI measurement channel isindividually configurable. Data can be sent via Ethernet
interface to any Bosch Motorsport logging device.
The MSI 60 features a crash sensor interface with a 1
kHz logging function. It allows storing 10 s of 3D-acceleration around a crash incident, the time span before
and after the triggering incident being configurable. During normal car operation, samples are continuously being stored and overwritten in a ring type memory with
10 s capacity; as soon as the car undergoes a heavy acceleration (triggering threshold and min. duration forvalidity both configurable), the previously stored 10 s ofsampling will be only partially overwritten one last time,
keeping a configurable number of samples from before
the trigger incident. Ex.: 7 s duration of logging after
crash incident, 3 s preserved from before the crash.

Max. power consumption(w/o sensor power supply)

15 W

Required power supply

7 to 18 V

2 frequency inputs 0 to 25.5 kHz for inductive sensor / Hall-effectsensor / DF11 sensor
32 differential analogue inputs, switchable to single ended operation,-5 V to 5 V or 0 V to 5 V; switchable pull up values 3.01 kOhm and4.99 kOhm, 49.9 kOhm to suit PT100/PT1000
8 single ended analogue inputs, 0 V to 5 V; switchable pull up value
3.01 kOhm
8 LVDT inputs, 2.5 kHz/5 kHz/10 kHz; 3 V/5 V/10 V RMS
4 PWM outputs, max. 2 A each, max. 1 kHz
2 x 5 V or 10 V switchable sensor power supply, max. 200 mA each,precision: 0.2 %2 x 5 V sensor power supply, max. 400 mA each, precision: 0.1 % (upto 300mA), 0.2 % (>300 mA)
1 x sensor power supply, max. 800 mA voltage = (MSI 60 supply voltage) -1.1 V; switched U_Batt
RS 232 interface (data reception only)
3 x Ethernet 100 MBit/s
1 x PSI 5 interface (exclusively for Bosch Crash sensor)
2 x freely configurable up to 1 MBit CAN Bus

7

442 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces

Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60

7

Analogue inputs, single ended

Differential analogue inputs

LVDT inputs

Number of inputs

8

32

8

Pre-filtering

analogue, 1st orderanalogue, 3rd orderanalogue, 1st order

ADC resolution

12 bit, 10ks*

18 bit, 200ks*

12 bit, 10ks*

Compensation of digital filter latency

x

x

x

Pull up resistors

3.01 kOhm

3 kOhm
4.99 kOhm (PT100)
49.9 kOhm (PT1000)-

Amplifying factor

1

1, 2, 4, 8 to 512-

Input voltage range

0 V to 5 V-5 V to 5 V (differential mode)0 V to 5 V (single ended mode)

3 V/ 5 V/ 10 V (U_eff.), 2.5 kHz/ 5
kHz/ 10 kHz* ks = 1000 samples/s07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces | 443

Potiboard USB

Featuresu

Decreases Dyno Calibration EffortuRobust Housingu

USB Interface

Potiboard USB is a Bosch add on calibration tool which
decreases the effort of dyno calibration. It is designed
for online mapping on dyno supporting the INCA andModas Sport calibration function.
It is a timesaving solution for the calibration like baseengine maps without using the uncomfortable keyboard.
It is easy to set up a calibration value for one of the four
potentiometers. To vary the value, just turn the potentiometer. Potiboard USB is coupled to the PC via USB.

Technical Specifications
Robust design
Power supply via USB
Modification of calibration data by potentiometer operation
4 potentiometers, individual assignment to 4 characteristic values(fixed values, curves or maps)
Additive or multiplicative modification selectable
Potiboard configuration saved together with the INCA display
Required tool version: INCA 7.1 or later

Ordering Information
Potiboard USB
Order number F 02U V01 766-01

7

444 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Max. power supply (1 min)

25 V

Connector for Single Connector Type
Connector 1 (wide)

AS-012-35-PN

Mating connector AS-6-12-35SN

F 02U 000 443-01

Connectors for Double Connector Type

Features7

Connector 1 (wide)

AS-2-12-35-PN

Mating connector AS-6-12-35SN

F 02U 000 443-01

Connector 2 (small)AS-2-08-35-PN

Mating connector AS-6-08-35SN

F 02U 000 430-01

u

ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Interface

Pinout Connector 1 (wide)uLightweight Aluminum Housing

Pin

Description for one connector

Description for two connectors

1

Supply to DF11 (RR)

Supply to DF11 (RR)

2

Signal from DF11 (RR)

Signal from DF11 (RR)

3

Supply to DF11 (RL)

Supply to DF11 (RL)

4Signal from DF11 (RL)

Signal from DF11 (RL)

5

Supply to DF11 (FR)Supply to DF11 (FR)6Signal from DF11 (FR)Signal from DF11 (FR)7

Supply to DF11 (FL)

Supply to DF11 (FL)

8Signal from DF11 (FL)

Signal from DF11 (FL)9Signal to ABS (FL)

Signal to ABS (FL)10

DF11 supply from ABS (FL)

DF11 supply from ABS (FL)11

Signal to ABS (FR)Signal to ABS (FR)12

DF11 supply from ABS (FR)DF11 supply from ABS (FR)13

Signal to ABS (RL)

Signal to ABS (RL)

14

DF11 supply from ABS (RL)

DF11 supply from ABS (RL)

15

Signal to ABS (RR)

Signal to ABS (RR)

16

DF11 supply from ABS (RR)

DF11 supply from ABS (RR)

17Open collector Signal to ECU(FL)Not used

18

Open collector Signal to ECU(FR)Not used

19

UBat 12V

UBat 12V

20

Open collector Signal to ECU(RL)

Not used

Bosch Motorsport has developed a wheel speed modulethat converts the Bosch DF11 (differential dual hall sensors) signals to a signal that can be processed by peripheral engine controlling devices and data recording
systems. The adapter can be plugged into any BoschABS M4 loom.
The operation principle is that it forwards the sensor information to the ABS. In addition it converts the speed
info into a digital signal. The type of output is open collector. The connected device needs to contain an internal pull up resistor of 2.15 kΩ to 12 V like the MS 4ECUs.
The interface is available in two different housings supporting one connector or two connectors (see photo).
The single connector type is used if the signal is fed
back into an especially pre-defined ABS loom which connects e.g. to the original chassis loom. The double connector type is used if the speed signal is broadcast to
the peripheral device via a separate loom.

Application
Application

ABS wheel speed sensor interface

Compatible sensor type

Bosch DF 11

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Storage temperature range-20 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight53 g

Size (Single connector type)101.8 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm

Size (Double connector type)112.1 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm

21

Not usedMax. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Open collector Signal to ECU
(RR)

22

ECU GroundNot used07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces | 445

Pinout Connector 2 (small)
Pin

Description for one connector

Description for two connectors

1

n.a.

Open collector Signal to
ECU (FL)

2n.a.

Open collector Signal to
ECU (FR)

3

n.a.

Open collector Signal to
ECU (RL)

4

n.a.

Open collector Signal to
ECU (RR)

5

n.a.

Not used

6n.a.

ECU Ground

Ordering Information
Single Connector Type
Order number F 02U V00 335-03
Double Connector Type
Order number F 02U V00 203-03

Dimensions

Single Connector Type Housing

7

446 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Sensor Interfaces

7
Double Connector Type Housing

Connection Scheme

07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 447

Online Telemetry System
Overview
The Bosch Motorsport Online Telemetry System enables
the transmission of online measurement data from a car
on a racetrack. The vehicle part of the system consistsof a data and the FM 40 telemetry transmitter. From thedata logger data is sent via a RS232 connection to the
FM 40. The FM 40 adds framing and error correction information to the data stream and modulates its RF output which is fed via an antenna wire to the TX antenna.
In the pits, the RF signal is picked up by an RX antennaconnected to the pit receiver box. Inside the receiverbox, the signal is filtered and amplified by a low noise
filter amplifier. It is then sent to a UHF modem. The modem demodulates the data stream and performs error
correction, if necessary. The output stream passes thedata converter and is transferred via a connection wire
to the server PC in the garage. This PC decodes the
car’s telemetry stream and distributes the information
over the pit network.
Due to the high transmission power of 1 to 10 W of the
Bosch FM 40 telemetry transmitter, near 100 % coverage is achieved on most tracks, even under race conditions with high RF interference.

Application
Transmission of online measurement data
Components
Telemetry transmitter FM 40
Data logger, e.g. C 60
Pit receiver box

Functions
Good data quality even under race conditions with high RF interference.

Technical Specifications
High transmission power of 1 to 10 W
Near 100 % coverage on most tracks
Framing and error correction

Environment
Car antenna
Pit antenna
Server PC
Ethernet pit network

7

448 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Dimensions

Car Antenna

Pit Receiver Box
on pit roof

Pit Antenna

Telemetry
Transmitter

Client PCs
Server PC
RS 232

7

VehicleSystemData Logger

Ethernet Pit Network

07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 449

Telemetry Unit FM 40

Frequency range

430 to 470 MHz (hardware adjustable)F(center) ± 1 MHz (software
programmable)

u

750 g

u

1 to 10 W transmission power

The FM 40 is a half-duplex radio modem suitable for real-time telemetry transmission from a car on the racetrack.
The unit is offered in different hardware versions forseveral frequency bands in the 430 to 470 MHz range.
Within the selected band, the transmission frequency issoftware programmable in a ±1 MHz range. The high RF
output power of up to 10 W gives excellent range andgood track coverage.
From the data acquisition system transmit data is fed into the FM 40 via a RS232 interface. Typically the FM 40
is operated as an unidirectional telemetry transmitter.
For other applications, half duplex bidirectional operation is also possible.

Application
I-ETS 300 220, ETS 300 113,
FCC

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

151 x 138 x 28 mm

Weight720 g

Housing with LED indicators
Car antenna compatible to existing Bosch telemetry systems.
Max. vibration

1 to 10 W

Receiver sensitivity-116 dBm error detection andforward error correction (FEC)

RF channel bandwidth

12,5 kHz at 9.6 kbps
25 kHz at 19.2 kbps

Data interface

RS232

Data rate

9.6 / 19.2 kbps

Required power supply

10 to 18 V

Max. power consumption

25 W at 14 V

Max. current< 2,5 A

Operation temperature range

0 to 60°C

7Connectors and Wires

FeaturesInternational standard

Transmission power

60 m/s2 at 20 Hz to 2 kHz

Electrical Data
Half duplex radio modem (bidirectional)Internal data buffer and protocol management

RF

BNC female

Power / data

CGK SOT 8N35 PN

Ordering Information
Telemetry Unit FM 40
Order number B 261 208 898-01

450 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Pit Receiver Box

Communication

2 x 10 / 100 Mbit ethernet

Power consumption

10 W

Connectors and Wires
Data and power connector

Motorsports type

Antenna connector

BNC (Jack) 50 Ω

Package Parts
Box
48 V power supply

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Box
Order number F 02U V01 460-01

Dimensions

7

The Pit Receiver Box integrates all electronic components necessary to receive telemetry data from a car
equipped with a FM 40 transmitter in one weatherproof
package. Typically the receiver box is mounted on thepit roof as close as possible to the RX antenna, thus
minimizing cable loss. The connection wire to the receiving PC in the garage, which can be up to 50 m long, also
supplies power to the Pit Receiver Box.
The Pit Receiver Box contains 1 to 4 UHF receivers fed
by a single RX antenna and low noise filter amplifier(LNA). This enables parallel telemetry data reception
from up to 4 cars, provided transmitters need to operate in the same 2 MHz frequency band.
The Box is equipped with dual Ethernet port for redundant Ethernet wire to the pit or for connection to a directional link (relay station).

Splitter

LNA

UHF Modem 1

UHF Modem 2

UHF Modem 3

UHF Modem 4

Technical Specifications
Ethernet
Interface

Mechanical Data
Weight4.2 kgSize

330 x 280 x 180 mm

Max. distance receiver box to PC(with F 020 V01 440-01

50 m

Working temperature range-20 to 50°C

Electrical Data
Frequency range

400 to 470 MHz

Working frequency bandfc ±1 MHz

Channel spacing

12.5/25 kHz

Sensitivity≤ -116 dBm at BER 10-3

Serial interface

RS232 (19.2 kBit/s, no parity, 8
data bit, 1 stop bit, no flow control)

Radio data rate

19.2 kbps (25 kHz channel)
9.6 kbps (12.5 kHz channel)

Operating voltage

20 to 50 V

Connector to
Relay
Directional Link
Ethernet #1

Power Supply
ModuleConnector toTelemetry Server
Power Supply
Ethernet #2

Scheme Pit Receiver Box

Connector to
Antenna07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 451

Pit Receiver Package

The Pit Receiver Package contains everything that is required to start operation.

7

Technical Specifications
Package Parts
Pit Receiver Box (2 channels)

F 02U V01 460-01

HF antenna wire (8 m)

B 261 209 493-01

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867-01

Ethernet and power wire (50 m)

F 020 V01 440-01

Ethernet and power injection
wire (1.5 m)

B 261 209 744-01

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873-01

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Package
Order number on request

452 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Burst Telemetry System
Overview

7

The Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System ideallycomplements the FM 40 long range telemetry. High-resolution measurement data, as stored in the data loggerof the data acquisition system, is transferred automatically to the pit server PC when the car passes the pits
or the car is in the garage. This gives two advantages:
high resolution measurement data is already available in
the pit network while the car is still out on track, enabling instant analysis and saving valuable track time.
While the car is in the garage, the burst telemetry system gives a significant handling advantage: measurement data is transferred automatically to the pit server
PC, e.g. after engine test runs. The RF system operates
in the license-free 5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM band. The 32 selectable non-overlapping channels allow great flexibility
in channel selection. The robust OFDM transmission
scheme in combination with the high-quality band filter
yield excellent performance even in environments withhigh RF noise. Typically good data reception can be achieved in a radius of approx. 300 m around the pit station, depending on antenna location and track topology.
If necessary, reception range can be extended by an optional remote receiver station. During the running lap,
the data acquisition system stores engine and chassis
data in non-volatile memory. When a laptrigger is received, the current file is closed and data is preparedfor burst transmission. As soon as the car reaches thereception range of the pit receiver, data transmission
starts automatically. An intelligent algorithm chooses
the lapfile to transmit and resumes transmission if thelink has been interrupted. Typically 6 Mbytes of measurement data can be transferred per lap during a race.
The bi-directional transmission scheme ensures errorfree reception. Privacy of measurement data is ensured
by 128-bit WEP encryption.

Application
6 MB measurement per lap
Bidirectional transmission scheme
Privacy ensured by 128-bit WEP encryption

Technical Specifications
32 selectable non-overlapping channels
Operates in license-free 5.1 to 5.8 MHz band
Best reception 300 m around pit

07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 453

Dimensions

Car Antenna

Burst Telemetry Receiveron pit roof
Ethernet Cable, up to 75 m

Burst Telemetry
Transmitter

Client PCs
Server PC
Ethernet

VehicleSystemData Logger

7
Ethernet Pit Network

454 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR
60F

Electrical Data
Radio modem

Full duplex (bidirectional)

Transmission power+26 dBm

Receiver sensitivity-91 dBm at 12 Mbps

Frequency range

5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM BandAir data rate

Typ. 12 (max. 54) Mbps

Data interface

Ethernet TP10/100

AntennaGain = 10 dBi; Omni directional

Power supply

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption

3.5 W

Rated current

0.25 A at 12 VDCConnectors and Wires

7

Interface connector

AS008-35PA (Deutsch)

Mating connector

AS608-35SA (Deutsch)

Legal Notes
FeaturesThis product contains open source software. For detailed information
see product documentation.

u1250 gu+26 dBm transmission poweruMax. 3.5 W

The BR 60F pit module is the stationary component of
the Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System. The highgain omnidirectional antenna is mounted directly at thereceiver, minimizing wire loss. The weatherproof housing allows outdoor mounting of the unit, e.g. on the pit
roof. 12 V DC power and 100 MBit Ethernet connection
to the pit server PC is supplied via the connecting wire,
which can be up to 75m long. The system operates in
the 5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM band and offers 32 non-overlapping channels. The high quality band filter eliminates
out-of-band RF noise. This enables fully encrypted highspeed data transmission at 12 MBit under race conditions. A directional antenna is available as an option.

Ordering Information
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F
Order number F 02U V00 047-02
Accessories
Radio modem (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 048-01
Antenna (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 131-01
Antenna filter (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 132-01
Fitting system (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 133-01
Interface cable to the pit PC (inclusive)
Order number B 261 209 744-01

Application
Radio air interface

IEEE 802.11a

Wireless approvals

FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210, CE

Encryptions

WEP/WPA

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size (overall incl. antenna)

705 x 145 x 47 mm

Weight1,250 gProtection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1

Temperature range-20 to +85 °C

07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 455

Burst Telemetry Car Module
BT 60F

Electrical Data
Radio modem

Full duplex (bidirectional)

Transmission power+26 dBm

Receiver sensitivity-91 dBm at 12 Mbps

Frequency range

5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM BandAir data rate

Typ. 12 (max. 54) Mbps

Data interface

Ethernet TP10/100

AntennaGain = 3 dBi; Omni directional

Power supply

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption

3.5 W

Rated current

0.25 A at 12 VDCConnectors and Wires

Features

Antenna connector

SMA(f)

Interface connector

AS008-35PA (Deutsch)

Mating connector

AS608-35SA (Deutsch)

Legal Notes

u

370 g

u

+26 dBm transmission poweruMax. 3.5 W

This product contains open source software. For detailed information
see product documentation.

Ordering Information

The BT 60F car module is the vehicle component of the
Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System. The compact and lightweight unit receives measurement data via
a 100 MBit Ethernet connection from the data acquisition system and communicates with the pit module overthe RF antenna. The system operates in the 5.1 to 5.8
GHz ISM band and offers 32 non-overlapping channels.
An internal high quality band filter eliminates out-ofband RF noise, which enables fully encrypted highspeed data transmission at 12 MBit under race conditions. Online diagnosis and performance monitoring ispossible via the data acquisition system.

Application
Radio air interface

IEEE 802.11a

Wireless approvals

FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210, CE

Encryption

WEP/WPA

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

139 x 96 x 22 mm

Weight370 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Max. Vibration

Vibration profile 1

Temperature range-20 to 85°C

Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F
Order number F 02U V00 038-02
Accessories
Radio modem (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 039-02
Antenna 5 dBi (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 442-01
Antenna socket (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 041-01
Antenna cable (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 042-01

7

456 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories

FM 40 Tester

7

The FM 40 Tester is used to check the performance of
telemetry components installed in the car which includes the FM 40 in conjunction with the RF wire andthe antenna. The FM 40 tester indicates RF output power as well as defective RF wires or car antennas enabling quick detection of faulty components.

Technical Specifications
Electrical Data
Transmission power

1 to 15 (60) W

VSWR

1 to 6Frequency band

VHF / UHF

Connectors and WiresRF

BNC male / female

Ordering Information
FM 40 Tester
Order number B 261 208 894-01

07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories | 457

Telemetry Antenna Dummy
Load

The telemetry antenna dummy load replaces the telemetry car antenna when running the FM 40 transmitter inthe workshop or the garage. It reduces high power RF
radiation.

Technical Specifications

7

Electrical Data
RF power

15 W

VSWR

1.1

Frequency band

VHF / UHF

Connectors and WiresRF

BNC male / female

Ordering Information
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load
Order number B 261 208 900-01

458 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories

Telemetry Car Antenna Single
Band

Rugged telemetry antenna for car mounting.

Technical Specifications

7

Frequency band

UHF

Type

¼λ

Pattern (hor.)omni

Length

150 mmConnectors and WiresRF

BNC maleOrdering Information
Telemetry Car Antenna Single Band
Order number B 261 208 888-01

07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories | 459

Antenna Cable Kit

RF wire for the installation of telemetry antennas in thecar. Intended for single hole mounting.

7

Technical Specifications
LengthMax. 2m (tbd.)

Drill hole diameter

12,5 mm

Attenuation

Max. 0.7 dB at 2 m, 450 MHz

Connectors and WiresRF

BNC male / female

Ordering Information
Antenna Cable Kit
Order number B 261 209 490-01

460 | 07 Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories

7

08 Software

8

Calibration

462

Simulation

464

Analysis466

Software Upgrades

468

462 | 08 Software | Calibration

Modas Sport

Technical Specifications
Function requirements
PC
IBM PC compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Approx. 512 MB RAM
Approx. 100 MB free hard disc space
VGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32/64 Bit, Windows 7 32/64 Bit

Optional Accessories

Featuresu8

Calibration software tool for Bosch ECUs

Modas Sport is the calibration tool for Bosch Motorsport ECUs. It integrates a lot of meaningful features tomanage our engine control units at the dyno and theracetrack.

Functions
Calibration tool for MS 3, MS 4.x, MS 5.x, MS 15, MS 3 Sport, MS 4
Sport, MS 15 Sport
Visualization, processing and management of calibration, measurement and documentation data
Measuring system
Numeric data visualization
Bitwise, decimal, hexadecimal data visualization
Recording of measurement data (needs WinDarab to analyze)
Oscilloscope (graphic data visualization)
Calibration system
Visualization and manipulation of parameters (calibration data)
Parameter file manager
Data file manager (copy & compare)
Macro manager
Potiboard support integrated
Administration
Work base management
Integrated K-Line flashing tool
Intuitive design, easy to use, based on latest technology

MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

WinDarab Free data analysis
Software

On request

Communication
CAN (CCP), K-Line (KWP2000)

Ordering Information
Modas Sport
Order number Free download at our homepage

08 Software | Calibration | 463

RaceConMin. 1 GB free hard disc space
VGA/WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32/64 Bit, Windows 7 32/64 Bit

Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

Ordering Information
RaceCon
Order number Free download at our homepage

Featuresu

An all integrated software tool for configurationand calibration

RaceCon is an all integrated software tool for configuration and calibration of Bosch Motorsport hardware
products, such as ECUs, displays, loggers. The communication is based on Bosch Motorsport MSA-Box interface.

Functions
Calibration of ECU maps and curves
ECU data file up- and download
Parameter file up- and download
Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs
Data file / Work base management
Integrated flash functionality
Integrated Bosch sensor database
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport displays
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport data loggers
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport DLS system
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN modules
Communication via K-Line/CAN/Ethernet (KWP/CCP/XCP)CAN communication log functionality (Baud rate changeable)
Quick data access over Race Mode
Intuitive design, easy to use

Technical Specifications
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 2 GB RAM

8

464 | 08 Software | Simulation

LapSimBy comparing recorded data with simulation data a validation possibility of vehicle parameters and vehicle functioning is made.
LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to WinDarab Files andcreates automatic database.

Chassis Simulation model
Practical Pacejka like tire model. Tire parameters can easily be determined out of on-car recorded data. No tire data required.
Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-) differential
3D aero maps
Ride height dependent suspension kinematics
Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car(PVI - 3 GHz)
Automatic set-up optimization

Features

8

Engine Simulation modelu

Professional Simulation Tool

Engine model generates torque/power curve as well as ignition angleuBasic / Chassis / Engine Versions available

Normally aspirated engines, with or without restrictor

LapSim Chassis

is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation
program. By further processing the on-car recorded data, using parts of the simulation models, a much more
profound analysis of the vehicle behavior can be gained.
Due to the direct link with the simulation model, vehicle
parameters can be validated like aerodynamics, tire behavior, engine power, as well as driver performance. The
visualization of the vehicle behavior creates a much easier and better understanding of the influence of several
vehicle parameters on the performance independent of
the technical background of the user.

LapSim Engine

supplies an easy to use engine simulation package capable of generating a torque/power and a corresponding
ignition curves out of the main parameters of an engine.
The model is able to simulate any 4-stroke spark ignition(SI) race engine currently seen on the market, with orwithout air restrictor(s). To summarize, the engine software is aiming for 95% accuracy but 5% the effort ofcomplex engine software packages. The engine software
avoids a vast number of variables in order to define every engine detail, in order to improve usability as well as
computational performance. The engine package is integrated in the lap simulation.

Functions
Data Analysis
Post processing of the on-car recorded data with simulation models.
Calculating vehicle handling state, aerodynamics, differential function, etc.
Determination of tire parameters out of on-car recorded data. Possibility to analyze tire performance over the laps.
Direct comparison between several outings and/or simulation model.
3D Animation of vehicle behavior for a better and more thorough understanding.

2,3,4 and 5 valve cylinder heads
2-zone burn model in order to cope with all possible compression ratios and chamber geometries
Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum pressure in cylinder
Fully adjustable camshaft profile
Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚ crankshaft, whichis integrated to calculate engine torque/power
10 seconds calculation time for 0 to 10,000 rpm range

Ordering Information
LapSim Chassis Basic Version
Order number Free download at our homepage
LapSim Chassis License
Order number B 261 206 432-01
LapSim Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 056-01
LapSim Chassis and Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 057-01
Upgrade LapSim Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 058-01
Upgrade LapSim Chassis License
Order number F 01T A20 059-01
Update LapSim Chassis or Engine
Order number F 02U V00 287-01
Update LapSim Chassis and Engine
Order number F 02U V00 288-01

08 Software | Simulation | 465

Dimensions

8

A few Screenshots466 | 08 Software | Analysis

WinDarab V7

User defined math channels
User defined conditions to filter data
FFT analysis
Racetracks
Racetrack creation based on v/acc or GPS data
Racetrack segmentation
Telemetry
Replay online data in realtime
Gauges for realtime visualization
User Interface

Features

Flexible display setup and arrangement
Storable display setup and arrangement

8uState of the art user interfaceuVersatile diagrams

Data TransmissionuNumerous analysis functions

Direct data input without intermediate hardwareuCustomizable mathematical channels and filters

Protection/encryption of logged data filesuSoftware based license without dongle

ASCII import and export

WinDarab V7 is an evaluation tool for monitoring and analyzing of logged data and is specially designed for motorsport use. Monitor vehicle data using online telemetry and compare logged data by reading out your datalogger. WinDarab V7 features a state of the art user interface and reads out both engine and chassis data.
The follower of WinDarab V6 offers simplified and ergonomic handling as well as new features and a revised license system to work without a dongle.
Choose between the Free and the Expert version depending on your purpose.
The enormous bandwidth of features makes WinDarab
V7 a perfect evaluation tool for motorsport engineers.

Functions
Diagrams
Oscilloscope
X-/Y-plot to create scatterbands

Lap browser

License System
Dongle-free working in all WinDarab V7 variations
Activation/update via internet
Annual maintenance for up-to-date versions

EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 1 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free HD space
VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32/64 Bit, Windows 7 32/64 Bit

HistogramTechnical Specifications

3D-diagram

Variations

Analysis

Free

ExpertOverlay of different laps

Max. open files

4

unlimited

Time or distance based analysis

Max. measuring data windows2

unlimited

Absolute and relative values

Max. areas in measuring data
windows

4

unlimited

Histogram++

x/y-plot++

Distribution++

min/max-tables++

Fourier-transformation++

One-touch channel statistics (min./max., avg., etc.)
Regression lines, user defined lines
Lap reports and lap based comparisonsReplay offline data in realtime
Advanced Analysis

08 Software | Analysis | 467

Outing report++

Lap analysis-+

Flowcharts-+

Instrument panel++

User defined physical units++

Racetrack generation via
speed/lateral G or GPS++

ASCII export++

Available operators for mathchannels.

+, -, *, /, ^,sqr (x), sqrt (x)All

Extras settings/comments-+

Desktop load/save++Telemetry++

Programming interface (API)

-

Opt.

Ordering Information
WinDarab Free
Order number Free download at our homepage
WinDarab Expert
Order number F 02U V01 308-01
Software Options
Software licence API for WinDarab Expert
Order number F 02U V01 682-01

8

468 | 08 Software | Software Upgrades

CAN Bypass

Interface to Bosch data logging systems
SW-Download via Bosch Motorsport calibration tool RaceCon
Software option for all MS 5.1 ECU, dataloggers C 50 and C 60 and
MS 5.5 internal data logger available. For other MS 5.x ECUs on request.

Required and not included Software
MathWorks Requirements
MATLAB R2010b
Simulink
Real-Time Workshop
Real-Time Workshop Embedded Coder
Fixed-Point Toolbox
Simulink Fixed-Point
Stateflow

Features8uCalculation in external Bosch CAN bypass ECUuConnection to Non-Bosch ECU possibleuInterface binding via CAN (max. 1 Mbaud/s)

uInterface bandwidth depending on CAN

Develop your own software on a Bosch Motorsport ECU
for bypassing or support a host ECU via CAN or as
standalone ECU. CAN Bypass is a software development
environment based on Matlab/Simulink. It allows a significantly speed algorithm development with option for
all MS 5.x ECUs, data loggers C 50 and C 60 and the MS
5.5 internal data logger. We deliver it with a full environment for Matlab/Simulink, an empty model with Bosch
Motorsport real time operating system library and apackage of Matlab/Simulink interfaces to all ECU I/Os.
Using a bypass ECU with software breakouts on host
ECU to calculate parts of host ECU functions on bypass
ECU or as standalone ECU e.g. for hybrid or transmission control.

Technical Specifications
General Functions
Support for generating executables that include algorithm, devicedriver and real-time operating system
Multitasking scheduling using time synchronous (and asynchronous)
tasks, task pre-emption, and temporary task overruns
Environment for Matlab/Simulink
Full I/O access with Bosch-Motorsport device drivers
Support for CAN bypass of MS 5.x ECUs. Break out signals with CAN
standard DBC file.
Bypass interaction between host ECU and bypass ECU via CAN (500kBaud/s or 1 MBaud/s)
Calibration and measurement interface CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Stateflow Coder
CompilerFreescale CodeWarrior Professional – MobileGT

Operating Systems
Windows XP SP3, Windows 7 (64 Bit)

Development Hints
Depending on your experiences with SW-Development of Bosch Motorsport ECUs we recommend SW-Development support from Bosch
Motorsport.

Ordering Information
CAN Bypass for ECU MS 5.0
Order number F 02U V00 991-01
CAN Bypass for Datalogger C 50
Order number F 02U V01 670-01
CAN Bypass for Datalogger C 60
Order number F 02U V01 671-01
CAN Bypass for ECU MS 5.5 internal Datalogger
Order number F 02U V01 002-01
Services
Service Contract
The service contract extension is necessary at the beginning of the second year of use. It has a runtime of one
year.
Order number F 02U V01 672-01

08 Software | Software Upgrades | 469

MSD Partitioning

Required and not included Software
MathWorks Requirements
MATLAB R2010b
Simulink
Real-Time Workshop
Real-Time Workshop Embedded Coder
Fixed-Point Toolbox
Simulink Fixed-Point
Stateflow
Stateflow Coder
CompilerFreescale CodeWarrior Professional – MobileGT

Operating Systems
Features

Windows 7, 64 Bit SP1u

Calculation directly in Bosch main ECU

Development Hintsu

Communication binding via Software free cutsuFast connection to Bosch Software, solution fortime-critical calculations

Depending on your experiences with SW-Development of Bosch Motorsport ECUs we recommend SW-Development support from Bosch
Motorsport.

uUnlimited bandwidth interfacesu

One Box Design (compact solution, no extra
weight)Develop your own Software on a Bosch Motorsport
MS 5.x ECU. MSD Partitioning Single TGT is a software
option for all MS 5.x ECUs such as the MS 5.0, MS 5.1,
MS 5.2, MS 5.5. We deliver it with a full environment for
Matlab/Simulink, a compiled Bosch Motorsport model
as library, an empty model and real-time operating system library and a package of Matlab/Simulink interfaces
to all ECU I/Os.

Technical Specifications
General Functions
Support for generating executables that include algorithm, devicedriver and real-time operating system
Multitasking scheduling using time synchronous (and asynchronous)
tasks, task pre-emption and temporary task overruns
Environment for Matlab/Simulink
Full I/O access with Bosch-Motorsport device drivers
Full read access to all Bosch signals
Development environment with reduced Bosch “unit_blockset”
Real time calibration
Calibration and measurement interface CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet
SW-Download via Bosch Motorsport calibration tool RaceCon
Software option for all MS 5.x ECUs

Ordering Information
MSD Partitioning
Order number F 02U V01 350-01
Services
Service Contract
Order number F 02U V01 755-01

8

470 | 08 Software | Software Upgrades8

09 Accessories

9

Collision Avoidance System

472

Communication Interfaces

474

Connectors

475

Connector Opening Tool

476

PowerBox

477

Relay

481

Switches483

Wiper Motor

484

Wiring Harnesses488

472 | 09 Accessories | Collision Avoidance System

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M

Interfaces

2 x CAN

Enclosure

Custom Motorsport

Camera (UI-4240RE)
Resolution

1280 x 1024

Max Frame Rate

50 Hz

Interface

Gigabit Ethernet

Radar Sensor (LRR3)
Update Rate

10 Hz

Tracks32 Objects Position, Velocity,
Acceleration

Range

200 m

Interface

CAN

Electrical Data

Features

Current Consumption of Kit

9u

Augmented-reality rearview displayuInstant situational awarenessu

Maximizes “eyes-on-road” timeuLeft/right passing alertsu

Restores visibility in rain or darkness

Employing a Bosch long-range radar sensor that can
track up to 32 objects, a custom-built Intel Core i3 LinuxPC and a high-definition machine vision camera, theBosch Radar Collision Avoidance System provides realtime visualization and complete situational awareness at
a glance.
The system helps prevent the most common causes ofcollisions and gives drivers a wealth of information witha fraction of the attention required for traditional rearview.
With a momentary glance, the driver will know how
many cars are following, each one’s distance and closing speed, and whether or not they are a faster class. In
addition, bright flashing arrows alert the driver when
any car attempts a passing maneuver. All of these features work just as well at night or in the rain when visibility is normally lost.

Technical Specifications< 2.0 Amps

Screenshots

Screenshot at night

Screenshot in rain

Mechanical Data
Assembly Weight of Display Unit

865 g

Assembly Weight of Radar /Camera Unit

940 g

Display Unit
CPUIntel Core i3

RAM

8 GB

Storage

240 GB (> 30 h)

Resolution

1024 x 600

Frame Rate

30 Hz

Screenshot during passing event
Installation Notes
The system includes display unit, radar sensor, camera and rearbracket.

09 Accessories | Collision Avoidance System | 473

Ordering Information
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M
Order number F 02U V0U 128-01

Dimensions

9

Notes in mm

474 | 09 Accessories | Communication Interfaces

MSA-Box II

FeaturesuCommunication interface for PC-supported calibration on K-line, CAN or Ethernet interface

The MSA-Box II is the low cost unit for PC-supported
calibration and configuration on Ethernet, K-Line or CAN
interface of an ECU.
The MSA-Box II is coupled to the PC via the USB interface. This ensures a powerful and universal link to allcommon PCs. The coupling to the ECU is effected via
Ethernet, K-Line or CAN-interface of the diagnosis interface.

9

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

84 x 38 x 25 mm

Temperature range

0 to 70°C

Compact design
Fully suitable for motor vehicle use
All inputs and outputs to the PC with galvanic separation

Electrical Data
Input voltage (vehicle side)

8 to 32 V

Power supply through the connection to the ECU from board mains
with galvanic separation
Power consumption (poweredby USB)Typ. 0.5 W

USB

USB 2.0, high speed (480 MBit/
sec)

Ethernet

100 MBit/sec

K-Line300 Bd up to 320 kBd

CAN

10 kBit/s up to 1 MBit/s

Operating Systems

Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Connectors and Wires
Connector
AS 6-12-35PN

F 02U 000 441-01

Mating connector
AS 0-12-35SN

F 02U 000 258-01

Pin 1

Terminal 30 (permanent pos)Pin 2

Terminal 15 (switch pos)

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

CAN_High

Pin 10K-Line

Pin 8

RxD+

Pin 9

RxD-

Pin 11

TxD+

Pin 12

TxD-

Pin 16

CAN_LowPin 22

SCR

Diagnosis wire length2m

USB wire length

0.5 m

Ordering Information
MSA-Box II
Order number F 02U V00 327-03

09 Accessories | Connectors | 475

Connectors

FeaturesuBosch Jetronic and Compact connectors inclusive
contacts and sealingsuAutosport connectors from Deutsch, Tyco, etc.

uConnectors with 3 to 128 pins

Convenient to the Wiring Harnesses, we have a wide
range of connectors on offer.
From single pin and Bosch series connectors above TEconnectors to Deutsch-motorsport connectors, you canchoose from a big variation.
You can get from us different Deutsch-motorsport connectors of the series AS, ASL, ASU, ASX and ASDD. According to the series, these are 3 to 128-pin connectors.
At Bosch connectors you can choose from connectors of
the Jetronic or Compact series. Furthermore you receive
convenient contacts and sealings to our Bosch-connectors.
If you are interested, give us a call!

9476 | 09 Accessories | Connector Opening Tool

Connector Opening Tool for
AS series

Featuresu

9

Quick and easy opening of ECU connectors

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Material

Stainless steel

Ordering Information
Opening tool for shellsize 16
Order number F 02U V01 393-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F 02U V01 394-01

09 Accessories | PowerBox | 477

PowerBox PBX 180

26 low power channels (8 A continuous)
4 low power PWM channels (8 A continuous)
2 wiper channels (8 A continous)
4 tri-state digital channels
3 sensor supplies 5 V with individual ground pins
Warning light

Software
Real time clock

Connectors

Features

Connector 1: Battery power supply

Deutsch ASHD0 14-1 PN

Connector 2: High power outputs

Deutsch AS2 20-16 SN

Connector 3: Low power outputs

Deutsch AS2 20-39 SA

Connector 4: Signal and Inputs

Deutsch AS2 16-35 SN

Pin configurationuAdvanced user interface

Connector 1 – Battery Power Supplyu

CAN communication

Mating connector

Deutsch ASHD6 14-1 SN C35

u

Reverse polarity protection

Order number connector housing

F 02U 002 905-01

uLightweight aluminum casing

Notice: Depending on the cable used for power supply, one of the following pins is needed according to the diameter of the cable.

uCurrent measurement on all channels

We designed the PowerBox for intelligent control anddistribution of the electric grid in a modern racing car. It
is capable to replace all conventional relays, fuses andcircuit breakers, simplifies wiring harnesses and provides diagnostic capabilities.

Technical Specifications

Order number pin for cable 16mm2

F 02U 002 908-01

Order number pin for cable 25mm2

F 02U 002 907-01

Order number pin for cable 35mm2

F 02U 002 906-01

Connector 2 – High Power Outputs

Mechanical Data
Size

191 x 176 x 36 mm

Weight1,250 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-10 to 85°C

Electrical Data

Mating connector

Deutsch AS6 20-16 PN

Order number connector

F 02U 000 480-01

Pin

Used for

Max Rating / Peak (A) *)A

Channel 10 High Power20 / 80

B

Channel 2 Very High Power20 / 180

Supply voltage range

6 to 20 V

C

Channel 1 Very High Power20 / 180

Power supply current

180 A

D

Channel 9 High Power20 / 80

E

Channel 1 High Power20 / 80

F

Channel 5 High Power20 / 80

G

Channel 1 High Power PWM

20 / 80 (0 to 100% DC)

H

Channel 2 High Power PWM

20 / 80 (0 to 100% DC)

J

Channel 12 High Power20 / 80

K

Channel 4 High Power20 / 80

L

Channel 11 High Power20 / 80

M

Channel 3 High Power20 / 80

Inputs16 analogue inputs (12 bit resolution)
14 digital inputs

Outputs
2 very high power channels (up to 180 A inrush current, 20 A continuous)
12 high power channels (up to 80 A inrush current, 20 A continuous)
2 high power PWM channels (20 A continuous)9478 | 09 Accessories | PowerBox

N

Channel 6 High Power20 / 80i

Channel 11

8 / 40P

Channel 2 High Power20 / 80jChannel 3 PWM

20 / 60 (0 to 100% DC)

R

Channel 7 High Power20 / 80k

Channel 1 PWM

20 / 60 (0 to 100% DC)

S

Channel 8 High Power20 / 80m

Power GroundnChannel 15

8 / 40p

Channel 17

8 / 40q

Channel 5

8 / 40Power Ground*) Please note that the current draw per channel is limited by the connector, not by the driver stages.

Connector 3 – Low Power Outputs

9Mating connector

Deutsch AS6 20-39 PAr

Order number connector

F 02U 002 859-01

Pin

Used for

Max Rating / Peak (A) *)*) Please note that the current draw per channel is limited by the connector – not by the driver stages.

A

Channel Wiper 2

8 / 40Connector 4 – Signal and Inputs

B

Tri-State Output 2

Trigger 0 / 2.5 / 5 V

Mating connector

Deutsch AS6 16-35 PN

CTri-State Output 4

Trigger 0 / 2.5 / 5 V

Order number connector

F 02U 000 462-01

D

Channel 25

8 / 40Pin

Used forComments

E

Channel 26

8 / 401

Digital Input 7

Trig high / low

F

Channel 23

8 / 402

Digital Input 5

Trig high / low

G

Channel 21

8 / 403

Digital Input 3

Trig high / low

H

Channel 22

8 / 404

Digital Input 11

Trig high / low

J

Channel 20

8 / 405Digital Input 9

Trig high / low

K

Channel 14

8 / 406Digital Input 6

Trig high / low

L

Channel 16

8 / 407

Digital Input 2

Trig high / low

M

Channel 18

8 / 408

Digital Input 1

Trig high / low

N

Channel 2

8 / 409

Reserved

P

Channel 4

8 / 4010

Digital Input 13

Trig high / low

R

Channel 6

8 / 4011

Digital Input 12

Trig high / low

S

Channel 88 / 4012

Digital Input 8

Trig high / low

T

Channel 10

8 / 4013

Digital Input 4

Trig high / low

U

Channel 12

8 / 4014

Reserved

V

Channel 2 PWM

20 / 60 (0 to 100% DC)

15

CAN 2LW

Channel 4 PWM

20 / 60 (0 to 100% DC)

16

CAN 2HX

Channel Wiper 1

8 / 4017

Reserved

Y

Tri-State Output 1

Trigger 0 / 2.5 / 5 V

18Reserved

Z

Tri-State Output 3

Trigger 0 / 2.5 / 5 V

19

Digital Input 14

Trig high / lowaReserved-

20

Digital Input 10

Trig high / lowbChannel 24

8 / 4021

Reservedc

Channel 19

8 / 4022

ReserveddChannel 13

8 / 4023

CAN 1LeChannel 1

8 / 4024

CAN 1Hf

Channel 3

8 / 4025

Reservedg

Channel 7

8 / 4026

ReservedhChannel 98 / 4027

Reserved -09 Accessories | PowerBox | 479

28

Reserved

29

Reserved

30

Reserved

31

Analogue Input 16; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

32

Sensor Supply VREF2

5.0 V

33

Analogue ground34

Analogue ground35

Analogue ground36

Analogue ground37

Analogue Input 12; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

38

Analogue Input 14; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

39

Analogue Input 15; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

40Sensor Supply VREF2

5.0 V

41

Analogue ground42

Warning Light at 5V, max. 0.5 A

5.0 V

43

Analogue Input 4; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

44

Analogue Input 8; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

45

Analogue Input 10; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

46

Analogue Input 13; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

47Sensor Supply VREF3

5.0 V

48

Analogue Input 1; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

49

Analogue Input 2; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

50

Analogue Input 6; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

51

Analogue Input 9; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

52

Analogue Input 11; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

53

Analogue Input 3; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

54

Analogue Input 5; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

55

Analogue Input 7; 12 bit

Pull-up 0 / 3.16 k / 47 k

Communication
2 CAN lines (64 input channels)

Ordering Information
PowerBox PBX 180
Order number F 02U V01 555-01

9

480 | 09 Accessories | PowerBox

Dimensions

9

09 Accessories | Relay | 481

Relay 25 A

Ordering Information
Relay 25 A
Order number Y 261 A20 597-01
BaseOrder number Y 261 A20 598-01

Featuresu

25 A max. current

The relay 25 A is a miniature DC-contactor for electrical
power control. The rated current is 25 A for secondary
power distribution with high inrush current like hydraulic- and fuel motor loads. The base part allows a quickchange of the relay.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Drill hole

3.1 mmWeight61 g

Vibration

30 g/70 Hz to 3 kHz

Shock

100 g (11 ms)

Operating temperature-45 to 125°C

Electrical Data
Power Supply

12 to 14.5 V

Min. switches

50,000Coil resistance at 25°C

80 ΩMax. current

25 A

Current vs. Time characteristic(the relay shall be compatible with a 25 A circuit breaker)
I (A)

t(s)

30

3,600 (1 h)

50

5

100

1.2

250

0.2

350

0.1

9

482 | 09 Accessories | Relay

Dimensions

9

09 Accessories | Switches | 483

Switches

12 steps angled 90°
Angled 90°, KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN
Order number B 261 209 658-01
12 steps straight
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number B 261 209 643-01
12 steps for MS 3 Sport Traction Control
Order number F 02U V01 921-01

We offer a wide range of switches for the special demands of motorsport.
You can combine all types with every design and every
connector wire equivalent to your individual requirement.

Functions
For MAP function
For display toggle function
3 steps for MAP function
4 steps
4 steps for MAP function
6 steps for display switch-over
12 steps

Technical Specifications
DesignStraight
Angled 90°

Options
With integrated resistor network
Lockable
Variable number of steps
Variable form of rotary waver switch
Without end stop

Connectors and Wires
Please specify the required cable length with your order.

Ordering Information
For MAP function
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number B 261 209 644-01
6 steps for display switch-over
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number B 261 209 659-01

9484 | 09 Accessories | Wiper Motor

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

Mechanical Data
Max. Vibration

30 % of Vibration Profile 1
or 100 % of Vibration Profile 1 in
combination with silentblocks(see Accessories)

Size

104.7 x 174.7 x 117.1 mm

Max. wipe cycles/min

Depending on wipe angle

Max. wipe angle

160°

Max. torque

35 Nm

Weight1,270 gElectrical Data

9

9 to 16 V

Supply current at 40 cycles/min.

Typ. 3.4 A

Supply current at 60 cycles/min.

Typ. 6.3 A

LIN Protocol

FeaturesuPower supply

Analog and LIN versions available

The WDA is a wiper motor designed to execute reversing
movements instead of rotating 360° like a conventional
wiper.
Its function and many operating modes are managed byintegrated control electronics. The user is able to control the desired operating mode simply by switching its
analog inputs to ground [Version Analog] or via LIN [Version LIN]. The gear, the motor and the electronics are all
installed in the same housing.
The main benefit of this wiper motor is its direct rotation movement which replaces external gears and thepossibility of programming the operating speed and end
positions of all its function modes, upon request.

LIN Version

2.0

LIN Speed

19,2 kBaud/s

Message ID

0x31

Interframe-Space

20 to 40 ms

BYTE 0 Value

0

0

1

1

Counter

Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BYTE 1 Value

SPD2

SPD1

INT

0

1

1

0

1

Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BYTE 2 Value

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Technical Specifications

BYTE 3 Value

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Variations

Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BYTE 4 Value

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BYTE 5 Value

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Counter

The counter has to be increased with each LINmessage (0 … 15 dez).

INT

Operationg Mode Interval. ON=1, OFF=0SPD1

Operationg Mode Speed 1. ON=1, OFF=0SPD2

Operationg Mode Speed 2. ON=1, OFF=0

Application
Application-40 to 85°C

WDA Analog
Operating modes:
StopInterval
Speed 1
Speed 2
WDA LIN
Operating modes:
StopInterval
Speed 1
Speed 2Single stroke
Service position

09 Accessories | Wiper Motor | 485

Connectors and Wires
Connector

CEP2M-AMP-4

Mating connector

F 02U B00 542-01

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request

Pinout Analog
Pin 1

AN2

Pin 2

AN1

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

US

Pinout LIN
Pin 1

LIN

Pin 2

Special functions, e.g. Master/
Slave

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

US

Installation Notes
The WDA Analog can be operated by switching the analog inputs between ground and voltage supply.
The WDA LIN can be operated by all ECUs with LIN 2.X Master function. Further information about the LIN-Frame available upon request.
Please contact us to define the desired angle of all the operating
modes.
The acceleration values can be exceeded by using silentblocks(F02U 003 027-01).
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thespecifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
WDA Analog
Order number F 02U V00 938-03
WDA LIN
Order number F 02U V00 838-03
Accessories
Silentblock
Order number F 02U 003 027-01

9486 | 09 Accessories | Wiper Motor

Dimensions

9

09 Accessories | Wiper Motor | 487

9Operating Modes488 | 09 Accessories | Wiring Harnesses

Customized Wiring Harnesses

Features9uOne-stop-shop for consulting, manufacturing, development and serviceu

Manufacture of individual pieces and mall batchesu

Use of the highest quality materialsuFull test coverage based on the latest testing
equipment for all productsu

The complete package, from a single pin to a complete wiring harness

Our expertise

Bosch Motorsport specialists have decades of experience in design and manufacture of customized wiring
solutions for race cars and prototypes.
Increasing complexity in race cars necessitates a highdegree of understanding in the electrical architecture of
the project. We provide to you the extensive systemknow-how and the expertise of our specialists.
As a system supplier, we are familiar with the full spectrum of electronic requirements of the components in arace car – from high current and high voltage applications to high-speed data networks.

Our offer

Whether it is complete vehicle wiring, test equipment ora simple adapter – we design, plan, construct and test
according to your individual requirements and requests.
If you want to build your wiring yourself, we also offer
consulting and development support independently
from our manufacturing services.
Give us al call!

10 Appendix

10

General Information

490

Vibration Profiles491

490 | 10 Appendix | General Information

General Information
ESD, Handling and Transport

Please be mindful of the specifications concerning ESD.
Never grab into the connectors. Please follow the regulations when transporting devices (e.g. ESD packaging
materials).

Service

To ensure full functionality every time, Bosch Motorsport recommends annual functional testing of all equipment.

Battery

Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries. Please
use extra caution to be certain that the correct removal
procedure is followed. Abide by the maintenance cycle
schedule to ensure correct operation. Bosch Motorsport
recommends maintenance once a year.

Installation

The correct installation extends reliability and durability.
Please follow the specifications regarding temperature,humidity, vibration and liquid compatibility.

1010 Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 491

Vibration Profile 1
Broadband noise: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

20

50.4

55

26.0

180

1.0

300

1.0

360

0.56

1,000

0.6

2,000

0.6

Effective value aEff

55.4 m/s2

Sinus: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration peak (m/s2)

100

50

180

200

250

200

350

60

2,000

60

10

492 | 10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles

Vibration Profile 2
Broadband noise: 8h/direction

10

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

10

50

10

66.7

1

100

1

1,000

0.1

Effective value aEff

26.9 m/s2

10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 493

Vibration Profile 3
Broadband noise
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

14.0

50

7.0

60

3.5

300

0.51

500

45.6

1,500

15.26

Effective value aEff

168 m/s2

Sinus
Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct./min
Frequency (Hz)Amplitude of acceleration (m/s2)

20

50

85

50

Amplitude of oscillation lane (μm)

85

175

200

175

200

280

220

280

300

125

440

125

10

494 | 10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles

10Index | 495

AF

ABS M4 Kit ..................................................................405
ABS M4 Kit Clubsport .................................................407
ABS M4 Kit Porsche Cup .............................................409
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2 ....................................375
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3 ....................................377
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 .......................................379
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R ...................................382
Alternator 90 A ............................................................186
Alternator B3 ...............................................................188
Alternator B3 LIN ........................................................191
Alternator GCM1 .........................................................194
Antenna Cable Kit .......................................................459

FM 40 Tester ...............................................................456
FPR Adaptor ..................................................................59
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38 ....................................53
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5 ......................................56
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A .....................................51
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/Mini M .............................48
Fuel Pump FP 100 .........................................................63
Fuel Pump FP 165 .........................................................65
Fuel Pump FP 200 .........................................................67
Fuel Pump FP 300 .........................................................69
Fuel Pump FP 300L .......................................................71
Fuel Pump LPx-F1 .........................................................73

B

G

Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F ............................455
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F ............................454
Burst Telemetry System Overview ...............................452

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2 .............................................204
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M2 ..........................................206
General Information ....................................................490

CH

CAN Bypass .................................................................468
CAN Module ...............................................................429
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M .............................472
Connector Opening Tool for AS series ........................476
Connectors .................................................................475
Current Sensor CS 240 ...............................................202
Customized Wiring Harnesses .....................................488

Data Logger C 50 ........................................................418
Data Logger C 60 ........................................................420
Diesel System Components ..........................................42
Display DDU 7 .............................................................412
Display DDU 8 .............................................................415
Double Fire Coil 2x2 ....................................................138
Double Fire Coil 3x2 ....................................................141

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90 ...............................310
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di ...................................312
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M ...................................316
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P ....................................318
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2 ..................................320
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P ............................322
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed .................326
HP Control Valve DSV ....................................................61
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5 .....................................................76
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW ...............................................78
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC ..................................183
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 ........................................181
HPI 1.1 ..........................................................................80
HPI 5 .............................................................................81
HPI 5-M 4C ....................................................................82
HPI 5-M 8C ....................................................................84

E

I

Electronic Throttle Body ...............................................45
Engine Control Unit MS 3 F3X .......................................18
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport ....................................14
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup .....................16
Engine Control Unit MS 12 ............................................39
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1 .........................................35
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2 .........................................37
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport ....................................20
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0 ...........................................26
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1 ...........................................28
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2 ...........................................32
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5 ...........................................30
Engine Control Units Performance Line ........................23
Engine Control Units Sport Line ....................................11
Extended Module EM-LIN ............................................431

Ignition Module IM 3.1 ................................................159
Ignition Module IM 3.2 ................................................161
Ignition Module IM 4 ...................................................163
Inductive Speed Sensor IA ..........................................329
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C .......................................332
Inductive Speed Sensor IS ..........................................334
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C .......................................336
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T .......................................338
Injection Valve EV 12 ...................................................169
Injection Valve EV 14 ...................................................173
Injection Valve EV 14i ..................................................178
Injection Valve EV 6 .....................................................165

D

K
Knock Sensor KS-P ......................................................208
Knock Sensor KS-R ......................................................210
Knock Sensor KS-R2 ....................................................212

496 | Index

L

R

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D ...........................................220
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV pre Turbo ....................223
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2 ..............................................214
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9 ..............................................217
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 ......................................227
Lambdatronic LT4 .......................................................433
Lambdatronic LT4 ADV ................................................436
Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver .........................................424
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter ....................................426
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver ..........................................427
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter ......................................428
LapSim ........................................................................464
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1 ............................................385
Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H ...................................234
Linear Position Sensor LP 50 ......................................238
Linear Position Sensor LP 10 ......................................230
Linear Position Sensor LP 100 ....................................246
Linear Position Sensor LP 100F ..................................248
Linear Position Sensor LP 150 ....................................250
Linear Position Sensor LP 25 ......................................232
Linear Position Sensor LP 25 twin ..............................236
Linear Position Sensor LP 50 twin ..............................240
Linear Position Sensor LP 75 ......................................242
Linear Position Sensor LP 75F ....................................244

RaceCon ......................................................................463
Relay 25 A ...................................................................481
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 360-H .........................306
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 100-M ........................298
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100 twin ............................302
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100/130/308 .....................300
Rotary Position Sensor RP 345-M ................................304
Rotary Position Sensor RP 360-H ................................308
Rotary Position Sensor RP 50-M/130-M/350-M ...........294
Rotary Position Sensor RP 86 .....................................296

M
Modas Sport ...............................................................462
Modular Sensor Interface M 60 ...................................439
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60 ................................441
MSA-Box II ...................................................................474
MSD Partitioning .........................................................469

O
Online Telemetry System Overview .............................447

P
Pit Receiver Box ..........................................................450
Pit Receiver Package ...................................................451
Potiboard USB ............................................................443
PowerBox PBX 180 .....................................................477
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B ..........................................252
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C ..........................................255
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2 ..........................................258
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 ..........................................261
Pressure Sensor Air PSP .............................................263
Pressure Sensor Air PST .............................................265
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10 .....................................268
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260 ...................................270
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA ....................................272
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT ..................................275
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10 .....................................278
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R .................................282
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R ...................................280
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R .................................284
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260 ...................................286
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F .......................................288
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 ....................................291

S
Single Fire Coil C90i-E10 .............................................156
Single Fire Coil C90i-E8 ...............................................153
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro .............................................150
Single Fire Coil P35 ......................................................92
Single Fire Coil P35-E10 ..............................................101
Single Fire Coil P35-E8 ..................................................98
Single Fire Coil P35-T ....................................................95
Single Fire Coil P35-TE10 ............................................106
Single Fire Coil P35-TE8 ..............................................103
Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M .........................................109
Single Fire Coil P65 .....................................................112
Single Fire Coil P65-E10 ..............................................120
Single Fire Coil P65-E8 ................................................117
Single Fire Coil P65-T ..................................................114
Single Fire Coil P65-TE10 ............................................126
Single Fire Coil P65-TE8 ..............................................123
Single Fire Coil P65-WG ..............................................129
Single Fire Coil P65-WS ...............................................132
Single Fire Coil PS ........................................................86
Single Fire Coil PS-T ......................................................89
Single Fire Coil S19 .....................................................144
Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T ..........................................147
Software Upgrade USB ...............................................422
Starter 1.7 kW .............................................................198
Switches .....................................................................483

T
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load .................................457
Telemetry Car Antenna Single Band ............................458
Telemetry Unit FM 40 ..................................................449
Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-20-r-8 ........................363
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-Lw ...............................357
Temperature Sensor NTC M3-HS .................................340
Temperature Sensor NTC M12 ....................................351
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H .................................353
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L .................................355
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS .................................342
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS .................................345
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS .................................348
Temperature Sensor PT 200E ......................................359
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-100-s/-c ...................366
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-16-r/-s .....................361
Thermocouple Probe TCP K ........................................368
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA ......................................370
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2 ...................................373
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1 .............................................135

V
Vibration Profile 1 .......................................................491
Vibration Profile 2 .......................................................492
Vibration Profile 3 .......................................................493

Index | 497

W
Wheel Speed Signal Splitter ........................................444
WinDarab V7 ...............................................................466
Wiper Direct Actuator WDA .........................................484
Wire Potentiometer WP 100 ........................................397
Wire Potentiometer WP 120 ........................................399
Wire Potentiometer WP 125 ........................................401
Wire Potentiometer WP 35 ..........................................391
Wire Potentiometer WP 50 ..........................................393
Wire Potentiometer WP 75 ..........................................395

Y
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3 ...............................................388

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
For more information please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com
or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2014
Modifications reserved.
Bosch Part No. of this catalog: F 02U 003 686-01
Note: The use of Bosch Motorsport products on public roads is prohibited.
Please use our products exclusively on closed-course racetracks.